Ihre E-Mail wurde erfolgreich gesendet. Bitte prüfen Sie Ihren Maileingang.

Leider ist ein Fehler beim E-Mail-Versand aufgetreten. Bitte versuchen Sie es erneut.

Vorgang fortführen?

Exportieren
Filter
  • MPI Ethno. Forsch.  (433)
  • Online-Ressource  (433)
  • Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands  (356)
  • Cham : Springer International Publishing  (77)
  • Education  (433)
Datenlieferant
Materialart
  • Online-Ressource  (433)
  • Buch  (1)
Sprache
  • 1
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Cham : Springer International Publishing | Cham : Imprint: Palgrave Macmillan
    ISBN: 9783031465338
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource(XXXIII, 259 p. 8 illus., 5 illus. in color.)
    Ausgabe: 1st ed. 2024.
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): History, Modern. ; Intellectual life ; Civilization ; Education
    Kurzfassung: Chapter 1. Introduction: An alleged crisis of the humanities -- Chapter 2. The division between the different sciences on the singularly and emphatically human and new branches of science -- Chapter 3. New overlaps and reciprocities between the faculties -- Chapter 4. The contemporary turn -- Chapter 5. Whither goest thou? The present predicament.
    Kurzfassung: This book challenges commonplace assertions that the humanities are presently undergoing a severe crisis as a result of a longstanding decline. Rather than hearkening to the widespread, reactive call for a last-ditch defense of the humanities under attack from an ungracious world, this book fundamentally reverses the perspective and makes a plea for a different, affirmative approach. It contends that the humanities have incessantly arrived at critical turning points since they were first constituted in a form that remains recognizable today and assumed a leading role in knowledge organization with the establishment of the modern university around 1800. Assuming a historical perspective, the monograph takes the human sciences back to their rightful place in the family tree of sciences and gives due recognition to their continuously decisive role in the production of new knowledge and the creation of new fields of knowledge. Situating the ongoing gemmation of the humanities in a broader context, this monograph also offers an encompassing introduction to the over-all development of knowledge in the last two hundred years. Sverre Raffnsøe is Professor of Philosophy at Copenhagen Business School and Editor-in-Chief of Foucault Studies.
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 2
    ISBN: 9783031316050
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (XI, 186 p. 4 illus., 1 illus. in color.)
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Teachers—Training of. ; Education—Economic aspects. ; Schools of economics. ; Econometrics. ; Macroeconomics. ; Teachers ; Education ; Post-Crash economics ; Heterodox economics ; Teaching economics ; Financial Economics ; Business Economics ; Interdisciplinary Economics ; Covid-19 ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Kurzfassung: 1. Introduction: the financial crisis, the Covid pandemic and the future of economics. By Abdullah Yusuf, Carlo Morelli and Omar Feraboli, University of Dundee -- 2. COVID-19 and the Future of Higher Education. By Abdullah Yusuf, University of Dundee, Mehdi Chowdhury, Bournemouth University, and Ian Roache, University of Dundee -- 3. Assessing the education needs of the Rohingya refugees and the impacts of COVID-19. By Roberta Dumitriu, University of Dundee -- 4. COVID-19 and economic development in sub-Saharan Africa: has the pandemic taught us anything we didn't already know?. By Kevin Deane, Julia Chukwuma and Lorena Lombardozzi, Open University -- 5. Covid 19: A comparison of equality-promoting policy-responses related to education across Europe. By Daniela Tavasci and Luigi Ventimiglia, Queen Mary University of London -- 6. What is opportunity cost?. By Martin Jones, University of Dundee -- 7. Labour Rights, Full Employment, and a Dynamic Market Economy. By Morris Altman, University of Dundee -- 8. An Analysis on the State of Economics Education in Scottish Universities. By Louis Bryson, University of Dundee -- 9. Experiences and Reflections on being taught undergraduate economics. By Emma Madill, Stoyanka Stoimenova, Louis Bryson, University of Dundee -- 10. Post-Crash Economics: What are the implications of the 2007 crisis for the teaching of economics?. By Omar Feraboli, University of Dundee.
    Kurzfassung: This book continues the ongoing debate about the need for alternative, interdisciplinary and heterodox approaches to teaching economics at university. It deals with challenges currently faced by economists, pursues an interdisciplinary approach to enhance collaboration with academics from disciplines other than economics, and analyses several questions and issues related to the 2007-08 financial crisis and the current Covid-19 emergency. The Covid pandemic has shown the flaws of the current neoliberal model and the inability of mainstream economic theory to address the problems created by the pandemic. The book engages with an academic audience interested in incorporating a wider range of economic approaches in their research and teaching, and with undergraduate and postgraduate economics students who are trying to understand the limitations of their current economics syllabi. The novelty of the book is the active involvement of undergraduate and postgraduate students who contribute to this volume with three chapters. The book will be of interest to a wide range of researchers, students and teachers interested in interdisciplinary and heterodox economics. Abdullah Yusuf is a Lecturer in International Relations at the University of Dundee, UK. His research interests include issues of International Peacekeeping and the Politics of the United Nations. He is also interested in broader Middle East Politics; ‘War on Terror’; Radical Islamic movements; Religion and International Relations. Carlo J. Morelli is Senior Lecturer in Economics at the University of Dundee, UK, and has published work in economic and business history. His recent work includes studies of economic transformation, the management of decline in the jute industry and the food retailing industry. Omar Feraboli is Lecturer in Economics at the University of Dundee, UK. His main fields of research are international finance and international trade, in particular applied computable general equilibrium (CGE) models and trade policy issues.
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 3
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Cham : Springer International Publishing | Cham : Imprint: Palgrave Macmillan
    ISBN: 9783031326776
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource(XXVI, 379 p. 28 illus., 7 illus. in color.)
    Ausgabe: 1st ed. 2023.
    Serie: Palgrave Studies in Translating and Interpreting
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Educating community interpreters and translators in unprecedented times
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Translating and interpreting. ; Language policy. ; Communication in medicine. ; Teachers ; Education ; Translating and interpreting - Study and teaching ; Translators - Training of
    Kurzfassung: Chapter 1: Introduction: Community Interpreting and Translation in Unprecedented Times -- Part 1 -- Chapter 2: Community Interpreter and Translator Education During the Pandemic: Case Studies Around the World -- Chapter 3: Africa -- Chapter 4: America -- Chapter 5: Asia -- Chapter 6: Europe (1) -- Chapter 7: Europe (2) -- Chapter 8: Oceania -- Part 2 -- Chapter 9: Educational Technology and Assessment in Online Learning -- Chapter 10: Government and Industry Practice in Response to the Pandemic -- Chapter 11: Conclusion.
    Kurzfassung: "This book project has collected important work from educators/trainers all over the world, sharing their views and experiences on how they have faced the challenges during COVID19. The significant contribution of this book actually goes beyond the critical time of the pandemic but also to the future development of the education, curriculum design and the use of new technology for the training of community interpreters and translators." -Ester Leung, Associate Professor, University of Melbourne, Australia "The COVID-19 pandemic represents a singular global event impacting all of humanity at the same time. For interpreting and translation educators, it meant an overnight and wholesale pivot to remote instruction, often pushing past long-held assumptions about the limits of online skills acquisition. Around the world, instructors and students integrated learning into technology in experimental and innovative ways. In the process, our understanding of what is possible when technology is leveraged to teach interpreters and educators has been greatly expanded. This book documents important insights, processes and advancements in interpreter and translation education coming out of the global response to the pandemic." -Katharine Allen, Principal, Words Across Borders, USA This edited book features contributions from interpreter and translator educators globally, in which they discuss changes to teaching, assessment and practice as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic. The chapters provide a comprehensive picture of educators’ responses to challenges and opportunities. The book will be of interest to students, researchers and educators, as well as government language policymakers and stakeholders of translation and interpreting agencies. Miranda Lai is a Senior Lecturer and Trainer in Interpreting and Translating Studies at RMIT University, Australia. Oktay Eser is Professor in Translation and Interpreting Studies at Amasya University, Turkey. Ineke Crezee is full Professor at Auckland University of Technology, New Zealand. She is New Zealand’s first Professor of Translation and Interpreting. In 2020 she was appointed Officer of the New Zealand Order of Merit for Services to Interpreter and Translator Education.
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 4
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Cham : Springer International Publishing | Cham : Springer International Publishing AG
    ISBN: 9783031398605 , 3031398602
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (VII, 262 Seiten)
    Ausgabe: 1st ed. 2023
    Serie: Studies in Childhood and Youth
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Shillitoe, Rachael Negotiating Religion and Non-religion in Childhood
    DDC: 305.2
    Schlagwort(e): Sociology ; Social groups ; Religion and sociology ; Education ; Spirituality ; Children ; Sociology of Family, Youth and Aging ; Sociology of Religion ; Education ; Spirituality ; Childhood Education
    URL: Volltext  (URL des Erstveröffentlichers)
    URL: Volltext  (URL des Erstveröffentlichers)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 5
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Cham : Springer International Publishing | Cham : Imprint: Palgrave Macmillan
    ISBN: 9783031418853
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (XXI, 174 p. 23 illus., 22 illus. in color.)
    Serie: Palgrave Studies in Agricultural Economics and Food Policy
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Development economics. ; Technology ; Information technology. ; Agriculture ; Wireless communication systems. ; Mobile communication systems. ; Stagnant economic growth ; Climate volatility ; Poverty ; Communication device ; Financial service device ; Digitized development ; Agriculture and trade ; Education ; Health sector ; Social protection ; Politics
    Kurzfassung: 1. Where there is no phone -- 2. The Economics of the Phone -- 3. Digitizing Development -- 4. Living up to the Hype? -- 5. Rethinking ICT4D? -- 6. Conclusion.
    Kurzfassung: "A must read for any development policy maker or practitioner especially if they are thinking about how and where digital technologies can add value and improve the livelihoods of the poor…Most important of all…(they) provide a framework to think about when and how digital is the solution." —Tavneet Suri, Louis E. Seley, Professor of Applied Economics, Massachusetts Institute of Technology " I strongly recommend this book to all researchers and students interested in this area." —Yaw Nyarko, Professor of Economics and Director of NYU Africa House, Center for Technology and Economic Development, New York University "This is a very important book about a technology that has transformed all of our lives along multiple dimensions—mobile phones. This book cuts through the hype and hyperbole, and it provides a meaningful and theory-informed treatment of how information technology is shaping economic development in low-income countries—as a communication device and a financial service device." —Erwin Bulte, Professor of Development Economics, Wageningen University This book focuses on the impact of information technology on the lives and livelihoods of rural households in sub-Saharan Africa, where simple mobile phones have leapfrogged traditional communication and financial technologies, and thus, arguably, offer some of the greatest potential for development. Drawing on primary and secondary research from a variety of disciplines, the authors examine the evolution of mobile phone coverage and adoption in sub-Saharan Africa over the past two decades, before exploring the main channels through which mobile phones can affect development. They then review initiatives on “digitizing development” and evaluate empirical evidence on their impact. The book argues that digital has yet to live up to the hype, ending with a set of questions that stakeholders should ask (and answer) when using digital technology for promoting development. Jenny C. Aker is Professor of Development Economics at the Fletcher School and the Department of Economics at Tufts University, Non-Resident Fellow at the Center for Global Development, Senior Researcher at Wageningen University, and co-Chair on “Digital Trust” at the Fondation pour les Etudes et Recherches sur le Développement International (FERDI). Joël Cariolle is Research Officer at the FERDI (France) and Associate Researcher at the CERDI – University Clermont-Auvergne. He conducts research on digitalization and development, and he contributes to the FERDI “Digital Trust” Chairs.
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 6
    ISBN: 9783031477089
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource(VII, 172 p. 1 illus.)
    Ausgabe: 1st ed. 2023.
    Serie: Ethical Economy, Studies in Economic Ethics and Philosophy 66
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Nonprofit organizations. ; Business ethics. ; Economic sociology. ; Education
    Kurzfassung: Chapter 1. Introduction. Learning about Social Entrepreneurship and Management in Times of Social Transformation -- Chapter 2. The Solutions to the Future are Problem-Oriented: The intersection between social entrepreneurship, sustainable skills, and problem-oriented project learning -- Chapter 3. The role of the social entrepreneur when designing for social sustainability -- Chapter 4. Participation in social innovation processes: a case study of Roskilde University Impact Hub -- Chapter 5. Social Entrepreneurship and the governance context of Areas of Limited Statehood -- Chapter 6. Socially responsible innovation between corporate social responsibility and social entrepreneurship. Towards holistic integration of stakeholder management, ethics, and sustainable development goals -- Chapter 7. Leadership of social entrepreneurship in a multi-stakeholder context: A specific domain or specific contextualities of leadership theories? -- Chapter 8. How is social innovation emerging in the Danish humanitarian sector? -- Chapter 9. Evaluating Social Impact -- Chapter 10. Arts-based creativity and culture in social entrepreneurship -- Chapter 11. Do we need utopia for a theory of social innovation as social change?
    Kurzfassung: The book brings together perspectives on entrepreneurship research, education and practice to understand social entrepreneurship in its wider societal, political and economic context. Its unique contribution comes from its interdisciplinary approach that spans from the societal to the organizational level, with specific focus social innovation and management. It views management of social entrepreneurship and social enterprise in light of its societal context and employs social innovation to critically assess social entrepreneurship as driver of change. The emergence of social entrepreneurship as an academic field is linked to several societal trends such as public austerity, financial crises, new social challenges and a growing counter-movement to globalised capitalism. Generally seen as organisations serving both social and economic objectives, social enterprises, social innovation and social entrepreneurship have their roots in civil society, civic activism or the solidarity economy, but also manifest themselves as for-profit companies, with new organisational forms emerging and old ones changing. The contributions in this book elucidate these developments and the role of social entrepreneurs and social enterprises. Furthermore, the book offers great insight into the specific ways of managing, leading and creating innovation in social enterprises as well as perspectives on how to understand their social impact or value creation. .
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 7
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Cham : Springer International Publishing | Cham : Palgrave Macmillan
    ISBN: 9783031415548
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (XIX, 237 p. 3 illus)
    Ausgabe: 1st ed. 2023
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    DDC: 303.372
    Schlagwort(e): Social Justice ; Curriculum Studies ; Sociology of Education ; School and Schooling ; Professional and Vocational Education ; Education ; Social justice ; Education / Curricula ; Educational sociology ; Schools ; Professional education ; Vocational education ; Education
    URL: Volltext  (URL des Erstveröffentlichers)
    URL: Volltext  (URL des Erstveröffentlichers)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 8
    ISBN: 9783031215698
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource(XVIII, 622 p. 197 illus., 166 illus. in color.)
    Ausgabe: 1st ed. 2023.
    Serie: Lecture Notes in Networks and Systems 581
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Education—Data processing. ; Education—Research. ; Computational intelligence. ; Education. ; Education ; Education
    Kurzfassung: CyEd: A Cyberinfrastructure for Computer Education -- Socio-Affective Profiles in Virtual Learning Environments: Using Learning Analytics -- Adaptive Scaffolding Toward Transdisciplinary Collaboration: Reflective Polyvocal Self-study -- Emergency Remote Teaching: A Case Study -- Cascades of Concepts of Virtual Time Travel Games for the Training of Industrial Accident Prevention -- Emotional Intelligence: A Journey Inside the Emotional Life within an Immersive Interactive Setting -- Creating Affective Collaborative Adult Teams and Groups Guided by Spiral Dynamic Theory -- Experiential Learning in Digital Contexts – A Case Study -- Models and Methods of Online Team Teaching -- Implementation of a Talent Development Program in Higher Education -- The Use of Indie4all Platform for Visually Impaired Students on the Acquisition of Learning Objects with Computational Thinking Practices in Μusic, Math and Physics.
    Kurzfassung: New technologies provide us with new opportunities to create new learning experiences, leveraging research from a variety of disciplines along with imagination and creativity. The Learning Ideas Conference was created to bring researchers, practitioners, and others together to discuss, innovate, and create. The Learning Ideas Conference 2022 was the 15th annual conference and was the first time the conference was held as a hybrid event. The conference took place from June 15 to 17, 2022, both in New York and online, and included two special tracks: The Adaptive Learning via Interactive, Collaborative and Emotional Approaches (ALICE) Special Track and a track on Inclusive Learning. Topics covered in this book include, among others, online learning methodologies, diversity and inclusion in learning, case studies in university and corporate settings, new technologies in learning (such as virtual reality, augmented reality, holograms, and artificial intelligence), adaptive learning, and project-based learning. The papers included in this book are of interest to researchers in pedagogy and learning theory, university faculty members and administrators, learning and development specialists, user experience designers, and others.
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 9
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Cham : Springer International Publishing | Cham : Imprint: Springer
    ISBN: 9783031415388
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource(XV, 475 p. 3 illus.)
    Ausgabe: 1st ed. 2023.
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Education ; Political science ; Buddhism. ; Religion ; Continental Philosophy.
    Kurzfassung: Precursions -- Loose Threads -- Interpermeation, or All Philosophical Positions Are Valid -- Malabou’s Heidegger and Granularity -- Žižek and Granularity -- Egoity, Infinity, and (W)holistic Education -- Imagination and Hyperholistic Education -- The Three Moments and Absolute Justice -- References -- Index.
    Kurzfassung: This book presents an original exploration of philosophical questions pertaining to the ways we grasp the Absolute by bringing together the Buddhist notion of interpermeation of all phenomena into contemporary strains of thought in continental philosophy. This text introduces an ontological concept, granularity, deploying it to probe questions concerning the intersection of ontology, ethics, and education. A wide range of issues in metaphysics are covered—including being, nothingness, unity, plurality, truth, change, transformation, subjectivity, contradiction, coherence, potentiality—from the perspective of thinkers such as Hegel, Heidegger, Badiou, Meillassoux, Malabou, Žižek, and Harman. The text deploys granularity in arguing for an ethics of unconditional hospitality within education. This volume is intended for students and researchers working in the areas of philosophy of education, philosophy of religion, and continental philosophy.
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 10
    ISBN: 9783031261909
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource(XXIV, 1073 p. 318 illus., 278 illus. in color.)
    Ausgabe: 1st ed. 2023.
    Serie: Lecture Notes in Networks and Systems 634
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Education—Data processing. ; Computational intelligence. ; Education
    Kurzfassung: We are currently witnessing a significant transformation in the development of education on all levels and especially in post-secondary education. To face these challenges, higher education must find innovative ways to quickly respond to these new needs. These were the aims connected with the 25th International Conference on Interactive Collaborative Learning (ICL2022), which was held in Vienna, Austria, from September 27 to 30, 2022. Since its beginning in 1998, this conference is devoted to new approaches in learning with a focus on collaborative learning in higher education. This book contains papers in the fields of: • New Learning Models and Applications • Project-Based Learning • Engineering Pedagogy Education • Research in Engineering Pedagogy • Teaching Best Practices • Real World Experiences • Academia-Industry Partnerships • Trends in Master and Doctoral Research. Interested readership includes policymakers, academics, educators, researchers in pedagogy and learning theory, school teachers, the learning industry, further and continuing education lecturers, etc.
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 11
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Cham : Springer International Publishing | Cham : Imprint: Palgrave Macmillan
    ISBN: 9783030963552
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (XII, 234 p. 24 illus., 23 illus. in color.)
    Serie: Springer eBook Collection
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    DDC: 332.7
    Schlagwort(e): Social justice. ; Environmental economics. ; Macroeconomics. ; Race. ; Debt ; Social justice ; Climate change ; The carceral state ; Housing ; Healthcare ; Education ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Kurzfassung: Introduction -- Criminal Justice: Race and Resistance -- Chapter 1. Indebted by Proxy: How Women Are Faring Under the Carceral State -- Chapter 2. Black August: A Black Radical Tradition -- Ecological Debt, Education, and the Art of Communication -- Chapter 3. Ecological Debt and the Holistic Value of Nature -- Chapter 4. Our Carbon Debt: A Curriculum for Interdisciplinary Education on Climate Change -- Chapter 5. An Effort to Integrate Social and Environmental Awareness into Graphic Design Education -- Micro and Macro Consequences of Debt and the Possibility of Forgiveness -- Chapter 6. Can Household Debt Cause a Financial Crisis? -- Chapter 7. Squid Game and Student Debt Resistance: A Politics of Self-Care, Creativity, and Collective Action in the Neoliberal University -- Chapter 8. How Are You Going to Pay for it? The Macroeconomic Benefits of Student Debt Cancellation -- The Aesthetics and Potential of Alternative Monetary Design -- Chapter 9. ‘Solidarity is a Force Stronger than Gravity’: Money, Aesthetics & the Abstractness of Care -- Chapter 10. Water, Money, and the Job Guarantee -- Chapter 11. The Uni Currency Project: Democratic Finance for Public Higher Education After COVID-19.
    Kurzfassung: This volume spans economics, history, sociology, law, graphic design, religion, environmental science, politics and more to offer a transdisciplinary examination of debt. From this perspective, many of our most pressing social and environmental crises are explored to raise critical questions about debt’s problems and possibilities. Who do we owe? Where are the offsetting credits? Why do such persistent deficits in care permeate so much of our lives? Can we imagine new approaches to balance sheets, measures of value, and justice to reconcile these deficits? Often regarded as a constraint on our ability to meet the challenges of our day, this volume reimagines debt as a social construct capable of empowering people to organize and produce sustainable prosperity for all. This text is ideal for provoking classroom discussions that not only point out the gravity of the crises we face in the twenty-first century, but also seeks to set readers’ minds free to create innovative solutions. Benjamin C. Wilson is an associate professor of political economy at the State University of New York College at Cortland and a Research Scholar for the Global Institute for Sustainable Prosperity. His authored and co-authored writings have appeared in the Forum for Social Economics, American Review of Political Economy, Boundary2Online, Public Seminar, and Monthly Review.
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 12
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Cham : Springer International Publishing | Cham : Palgrave Macmillan
    ISBN: 9783031046919
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (VI, 237 p)
    Ausgabe: 1st ed. 2022
    Serie: Palgrave Studies in Media and Environmental Communication
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    DDC: 302.2
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Environmental Communication ; Youth Culture ; Childhood Education ; Communication in the environmental sciences ; Youth—Social life and customs ; Education ; Children ; Kind ; Umweltschutz ; Kommunikation ; Umweltschutz ; Kommunikation ; Kind
    URL: Volltext  (URL des Erstveröffentlichers)
    URL: Volltext  (URL des Erstveröffentlichers)
    URL: Volltext  (URL des Erstveröffentlichers)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 13
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Cham : Springer International Publishing | Cham : Springer International Publishing AG
    ISBN: 9783030759414 , 3030759415
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (XIII, 276 Seiten) , 15 illus., 12 illus. in color.
    Ausgabe: 1st ed. 2021
    Serie: Studies in Childhood and Youth
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Involving Methods in Youth Research
    DDC: 305.2
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Familiensoziologie ; Jugendsoziologie ; Qualitative Methode ; Teilnehmende Beobachtung ; Sociology ; Social groups ; Family policy ; Education ; Education—Research ; Sociology of Family, Youth and Aging ; Children, Youth and Family Policy ; Education ; Research Methods in Education
    URL: Volltext  (URL des Erstveröffentlichers)
    URL: Volltext  (URL des Erstveröffentlichers)
    URL: Volltext  (URL des Erstveröffentlichers)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 14
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Cham : Springer International Publishing | Cham : Springer International Publishing AG
    ISBN: 9783030789497 , 3030789497
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (XXII, 287 Seiten) , 1 illus.
    Ausgabe: 1st ed. 2021
    Serie: Studies in Childhood and Youth
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als South American Childhoods
    DDC: 305.2
    Schlagwort(e): Sociology ; Social groups ; Education ; Ethnology—Latin America ; Culture ; Human rights ; Political science ; Emigration and immigration—Social aspects ; Sociology of Family, Youth and Aging ; Education ; Latin American Culture ; Politics and Human Rights ; Political Science ; Sociology of Migration
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 15
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Cham : Springer International Publishing | Imprint: Palgrave Macmillan
    ISBN: 9783030680602
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (XV, 149 p. 38 illus., 10 illus. in color)
    Ausgabe: 1st ed. 2021
    Serie: Studies in Childhood and Youth
    Paralleltitel: Printed edition
    Paralleltitel: Printed edition
    DDC: 305
    Schlagwort(e): Social groups ; Family ; Education ; Art education ; Study skills ; Education—Research
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 16
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Cham : Springer International Publishing | Imprint: Palgrave Macmillan
    ISBN: 9783030751197
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (XIII, 236 p)
    Ausgabe: 1st ed. 2021
    Serie: Studies in Childhood and Youth
    Paralleltitel: Printed edition
    Paralleltitel: Printed edition
    Paralleltitel: Printed edition
    DDC: 305
    Schlagwort(e): Social groups ; Family ; Youth—Social life and customs ; Education ; Social policy
    URL: Volltext  (URL des Erstveröffentlichers)
    URL: Volltext  (URL des Erstveröffentlichers)
    URL: Volltext  (URL des Erstveröffentlichers)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 17
    ISBN: 9783030362522
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource(XXIV, 178 p.)
    Ausgabe: 1st ed. 2020.
    Serie: Global Germany in Transnational Dialogues
    Serie: Springer eBook Collection
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Transnational German education and comparative education systems
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): International education ; Comparative education ; Higher education ; Education—Research ; Area studies ; Social policy ; Internationale Kooperation ; Bildung ; Hochschulbildung ; Studium ; Bildungstransfer ; Praxis ; Higher & further education, tertiary education ; Education ; Regional studies ; Political economy ; Education ; Comparative ; Deutschland
    Kurzfassung: Part I: Positioning Transnational Education in Germany -- Transnational Higher Education: Updating Terms, Definitions, and Terminology-Turkey, China, Germany -- Cross-Border Higher Education -- The Emergence of Transnationalization of German Higher Education Institutions -- Part II:Teaching Transnational German Studies across the Globe -- Outside the Nation: Taking Stock of a Sense of Duty and Diversity in German Studies Abroad -- The State of Diversity and Decolonization in North American German Studies Curricula -- Language-Culture Nexus: German Language Teaching in a Culturally Rich Environment at the Goethe Institute -- Part III:Comparative Perspectives on Education Policy and Strategies -- Early Bilingual Education: Effects and Policy Recommendations in Comparative Transnational Contexts -- Global Mobility Programs for Pre-Service Teachers and Transnational Competency Outcomes -- Oman's Educational Transnationalism: Using German Higher Education Accreditation for Role Models.
    Kurzfassung: This book presents an in-depth look at the state of transnational education and comparative perspectives on education systems between Germany and other nation states. It explores how a transnational education identity in secondary and tertiary institutions has developed in the German and other national contexts and which lessons can be learned from current challenges and successes of education systems. It uses detailed case studies to promote critical rethinking of current educational practices in high schools and universities, specifically of race, gender, religion and learner ability in educational settings. It understands learning and teaching as an arena to discuss transnational education opportunities in the 21st century as an emerging or evolving discourse on contemporary forms of transnationalism.
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 18
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Cham : Springer International Publishing
    ISBN: 9783319096292
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XVIII, 339 p. 123 illus., 39 illus. in color, online resource)
    Ausgabe: 1st ed. 2015
    Serie: New ICMI Study Series
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Druckausg. Task design in mathematics education
    Schlagwort(e): Education ; Education ; Mathematics Study and teaching ; Mathematics Study and teaching ; Learning, Psychology of.
    Kurzfassung: Part 1 Chapter 1: Frameworks and principles for task design -- Chapter 2: Features of task design informing teachers’ decisions about goals and pedagogies -- Chapter 3: Accounting for student perspectives in task design -- Chapter 4: Design and use of textbased tasks. Chapter 5: The Role of Tools and Representations in Designing Mathematics -- Chapter 5: The Role of Tools and Representations in Designing Mathematics -- Part 2 Chapter 6: E-Textbooks for Mathematical Guided Inquiry: Design of Tasks and Task Sequences -- Chapter 7: Didactic engineering as a research methodology: from fundamental situations to study and research paths -- Chapter 8: The Critical Role of Task Design in Lesson Study -- Chapter 9: Possible presentation by Jan de Lange, Freudenthal Institute -- Part 3 Commentaries : Chapter 10: Commentary on chapters 1, 2 and 3 -- Chapter 11: Commentary on chapters 1, 4, and 5.
    Kurzfassung: This book is the product of ICMI Study 22 Task Design in Mathematics Education. The study offers a state-of-the-art summary of relevant research and goes beyond that to develop new insights and new areas of knowledge and study about task design. The authors represent a wide range of countries and cultures and are leading researchers, teachers and designers. In particular, the authors develop explicit understandings of the opportunities and difficulties involved in designing and implementing tasks and of the interfaces between the teaching, researching and designing roles – recognising that these might be undertaken by the same person or by completely separate teams. Tasks generate the activity through which learners meet mathematical concepts, ideas, strategies and learn to use and develop mathematical thinking and modes of enquiry. Teaching includes the selection, modification, design, sequencing, installation, observation and evaluation of tasks. The book illustrates how task design is core to effective teaching, whether the task is a complex, extended, investigation or a small part of a lesson; whether it is part of a curriculum system, such as a textbook, or promotes free standing activity; whether the task comes from published source or is devised by the teacher or the student.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Part 1 Chapter 1: Frameworks and principles for task designChapter 2: Features of task design informing teachers’ decisions about goals and pedagogies -- Chapter 3: Accounting for student perspectives in task design -- Chapter 4: Design and use of textbased tasks. Chapter 5: The Role of Tools and Representations in Designing Mathematics -- Chapter 5: The Role of Tools and Representations in Designing Mathematics -- Part 2 Chapter 6: E-Textbooks for Mathematical Guided Inquiry: Design of Tasks and Task Sequences.- Chapter 7: Didactic engineering as a research methodology: from fundamental situations to study and research paths -- Chapter 8: The Critical Role of Task Design in Lesson Study -- Chapter 9: Possible presentation by Jan de Lange, Freudenthal Institute.- Part 3 Commentaries : Chapter 10: Commentary on chapters 1, 2 and 3.-   Chapter 11: Commentary on chapters 1, 4, and 5.
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (kostenfrei)
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 19
    ISBN: 9783319065175
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (X, 68 p, online resource)
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Druckausg. Albuquerque, Ulysses Paulino Speaking in public about science
    Schlagwort(e): Medicine ; Life sciences ; Science Study and teaching ; Physics ; Science (General) ; Engineering ; Education ; Education ; Medicine ; Life sciences ; Science Study and teaching ; Physics ; Science (General) ; Engineering ; Lehrveranstaltung ; Vorbereitung ; Unterrichtsmethode ; Lehrveranstaltung ; Vorbereitung ; Unterrichtsmethode
    Kurzfassung: This book introduces the basic techniques and methods traditionally used in speaking about science to the public. The public often has a very different perception and understanding of science, and this must be taken into account when communicating with the public. This volume covers methods of scientific discourse, oral communication, preparation of the presentation, techniques and use of visual resources, and exercises for perfecting the technique of speaking in public about science. Speaking in Public About Science: A Quick Guide for the Preparation of Good Lectures, Seminars, and Scientific Presentations is a concise yet comprehensive resource that will be of value to beginners and senior scholars and researchers
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Introduction: Do We Need to Speak About Science?How Are Your Communication Skills? -- Efficient Oral Communication -- Types of Scientific Presentations -- Reflecting on Expository Practice -- Scientific Method and Logical Construction of Discourse -- Composition of Scientific Discourse -- Basic Rules for the Use of Verbal Resources -- The Scientist and His/Her Public -- Some Exercises and Online Resources -- Supporting Materials.
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 20
    ISBN: 9783319182728
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XI, 613 p. 148 illus, online resource)
    Serie: International Perspectives on the Teaching and Learning of Mathematical Modelling
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Druckausg. Mathematical modelling in education research and practice
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Mathematics ; Education ; Education ; Mathematics ; Bildungsforschung ; Empirische Forschung ; Methodologie ; Bildungsforschung ; Empirische Forschung ; Methodologie
    Kurzfassung: In this volume cultural, social and cognitive influences on the research and teaching of mathematical modelling are explored from a variety of theoretical and practical perspectives. The authors of the current volume are all members of the International Community of Teachers of Mathematical Modelling and Applications, the peak research body in this field. A distinctive feature of this volume is the high number of authors from South American countries. These authors bring quite a different perspective to modelling than has been showcased in previous books in this series, in particular from a cultural point of view. As well as recent international research, there is a strong emphasis on pedagogical issues including those associated with technology and assessment, in the teaching and learning of modelling. Applications at various levels of education are exemplified. The contributions reflect common issues shared globally, and represent emergent or on-going challenges
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Series Preface; Contents; Chapter 1: Cultural, Social, Cognitive and Research Influences on Mathematical Modelling Education; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Innovative Practices in Modelling Education Research and Teaching; 1.3 Research into, or Evaluation of, Teaching Practice; 1.4 Pedagogical Issues for Teaching and Learning of Modelling; 1.5 Influences of Technologies; 1.6 Assessment in Schools and Universities; 1.7 Applicability at Different Levels of Schooling, Vocational Education, and in Tertiary Education; 1.8 Conclusion; References
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Part I: Innovative Practices in Modelling Education Research and TeachingChapter 2: Mathematical Modelling as a Strategy for Building-Up Systems of Knowledge in Different Cultural Environments; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 The Generation of Knowledge; 2.3 How About Modelling?; References; Chapter 3: The Meaning of the Problem in a Mathematical Modelling Activity; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Problems, Mathematical Modelling and Meaning; 3.3 Design of the Study; 3.4 The Meaning of the Problem and the Generation of Interpretants in Mathematical Modelling Activities
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 3.5 Discussion and Implications for Teaching, Learning and ResearchReferences; Chapter 4: Extending the Reach of the Models and Modelling Perspective: A Course-Sized Research Site; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Research Questions Addressed by the MMP; 4.3 Claims About the Nature of Knowing and Learning; 4.4 Research Tools and the Data Generated by Inquiry Within the MMP; 4.5 Extending the Questions; Expanding the Toolkit; 4.6 Some Assumptions and Conjectures; 4.6.1 Learning Progressions; 4.6.1.1 Alternative Model #1: Learning as Finding One´s Way Around in a Terrain
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 4.6.1.2 Alternative Model #2: An Evolutionary Model for the Development of Ideas4.6.2 Teaching Problem Solving and Heuristics; 4.7 Implications for Design; 4.8 Conclusion: Contributions of a Course-Sized Research Site; References; Chapter 5: Prescriptive Modelling - Challenges and Opportunities; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Examples; 5.2.1 Example 1: BMI (Body Mass Index); 5.2.2 Example 2: A-Paper (DIN) Formats; 5.2.3 Example 3: The Gini Coefficient of Income Inequality; 5.2.4 Conclusions from the Examples; 5.3 Teaching and Learning of Prescriptive Modelling; 5.4 Challenges and Opportunities
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: ReferencesChapter 6: An Approach to Theory Based Modelling Tasks; 6.1 Introduction; 6.2 Theoretical Framework and Method; 6.2.1 Task Criteria; 6.2.2 Degree of Difficulty; 6.3 Design of the Pilot Study; 6.3.1 The Modelling Tasks; Toothpaste Item; Taj Mahal Item; Potato Item; 6.4 Results; 6.4.1 Toothpaste Item; 6.4.2 Taj Mahal Item; 6.4.3 Potato Item; 6.5 Discussion; 6.6 Outlook; References; Chapter 7: Facilitating Mathematisation in Modelling by Beginning Modellers in Secondary School; 7.1 Introduction; 7.2 Theoretical Frame; 7.3 Empirical Evidence; 7.4 Proposed Framework
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 7.5 Illustrative Example
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Series Preface, Gabriele Kaiser and Gloria StillmanChapter 1 Cultural, Social, Cognitive and Research Influences on Mathematical Modelling Education: Perspectives and Future Prospects, Gloria Stillman, Werner Blum, and Maria Salett Biembengut -- Part I Innovative Practices in Modelling Education Research and Teaching -- Chapter 2 Mathematical Modelling as a Strategy for Building-up Systems of Knowledge in Different Cultural Environments, Ubiratan D’Ambrosio -- Chapter 3 The Meaning of the Problem in a Mathematical Modelling Activity, Lourdes Maria Werle de Almeida and Karina Alessandra Pessoa da Silva -- Chapter 4 Extending the Reach of the Models and Modelling Perspective: A Course-Sized Research Site, Corey Brady, Richard Lesh and Serife Sevis -- Chapter 5 Prescriptive Modelling - Challenges and Opportunities, Mogens Niss -- Chapter 6 An Approach to Theory Based Modelling Tasks, Xenia-Rosemary Reit and Matthias Ludwig -- Chapter 7 Facilitating Mathematisation in Modelling by Beginning Modellers in Secondary School, Gloria Ann Stillman, Jill P. Brown and Vince Geiger -- Chapter 8 Authenticity in extra-curricular mathematics activities; researching authenticity as a social construct, Pauline Vos -- Chapter 9 The Teaching Goal and Oriented Learning of Mathematical Modelling courses, Mengda Wu, Dan Wang and Xiaojun Duan -- Part II Research into, or Evaluation of, Teaching and Learning -- Chapter 10 Modelling Competencies-Past Development and Further Perspectives, Gabriele Kaiser and Susanne Brand -- Chapter 11 How to Support Teachers to Give Feedback to Modelling Tasks Effectively? Results from a Teacher-Training-Study in the Co2CA Project, Michael Besser, Werner Blum and Dominik Leiss -- Chapter 12 A Reflection on Mathematical Modelling and Applications as a Field of Research: Theoretical Orientation and Diversity, Vince Geiger and Peter Frejd -- Chapter 13 Problem Solving Methods for Mathematical Modelling, Gilbert Greefrath -- Chapter 14 Improving Mathematical Modelling by Fostering Measurement Sense: An Intervention Study with Pre-service Mathematics Teachers, Maike Hagena -- Chapter 15 How do Students Share and Refine Models through Dual Modelling Teaching: The Case of Students who do not Solve Independently, Takashi Kawakami, Akihiko Saeki and Akio Matsuzaki -- Chapter 16 Exploring Interconnections between Real-World and Application Tasks: Case Study from Singapore, Dawn Ng and Gloria Ann Stillman -- Chapter 17 Mathematical Modelling Tasks and the Mathematical Thinking of Students, Bárbara Nilvada Palharini, Alvim Sousa Robim and Lourdes Maria Werle de Almeida -- Chapter 18 Measurement of Area and Volume in an Authentic Context: An Alternative Learning Experience through Mathematical Modelling, Santiago Manuel Rivera Quiroz , Sandra Milena Londoño Orrego and Carlos Mario Jaramillo López -- Chapter 19 Mathematical Modelling and Culture - An Empirical Study, Jhony Alexander Villa-Ocha and Mario J. Berrío -- Chapter 20 Mathematical Modelling of a Social Problem in Japan: The Income and Expenditure of an Electric Power Company, Noboru Yoshimura -- Part III Pedagogical Issues for Teaching and Learning -- Chapter 21 The Place of Mathematical Modelling in the System of Mathematics Education: Perspective and Prospect , Henry O.Pollak -- Chapter 22 Moving within a Mathematical Modelling Map, Rita Borromeo Ferri -- Chapter 23 Negotiating the Use of Mathematics in a Mathematical Modelling Project, Jussara de Loiola Araújo and Ilaine da Silva Campos -- Chapter 24 Moving Beyond a Single Modelling Activity, Jonas B Ärlebäck and Helen M. Doerr -- Chapter 25 The Possibility of Interdisciplinary Integration through Mathematical Modelling of Optical Phenomena, Jennifer Barboza, Luana Bassani, Luciano Lewandoski, and Lucilaine Abitante -- Chapter 26 Activation of Student Prior Knowledge to Build Linear Models in the Context of Modelling Pre-paid Electricity Consumption, José Luis Bossio Vélez, Sandra Milena Londoño Orrego, and Carlos Mario Jaramillo López -- Chapter 27 Mathematical Modellers’ Opinions on Mathematical Modelling in Upper Secondary Education, Peter Frejd -- Chapter 28 Modelling, Education, and the Epistemic Fallacy, Peter Galbraith -- Chapter 29 Reconsidering the Roles and Characteristics of Models in Mathematics Education, Toshikazu Ikeda and Max Stephens -- Chapter 30 Developing Statistical Numeracy: The Model Must Make Sense, Janeen Lamb and Jana Visnovska -- Chapter 31 Mathematical Modelling and Cognitive Load Theory: Approved or Disapproved? Jacob Perrenet and Bert Zwaneveld -- Chapter 32 Social-Critical Dimension of Mathematical Modelling, Milton Rosa and Daniel Clark Orey -- Chapter 33 Pedagogical Practices of Reflective Mathematical Modelling, Morgana Scheller, Paula Andrea Grawieski Civiero, and Fátima Peres Zago de Oliveira -- Chapter 34 Context Categories in Mathematical Modelling in Fundamentals of Calculus Teaching, Mara Kessler Ustra and Sandro Rogério Vargas Ustra -- Chapter 35 Applied Mathematical Problem Solving - Principles for Designing Small Realistic Problems, Dag Wedelin and Tom Adawi -- Part IV Influences of Technologies -- Chapter 36 Visualisation Tactics for Solving Real World Tasks, Jill Brown -- Chapter 37 Developing Modelling Competencies through the Use of Technology, Ruth Rodríguez Gallegos and Samantha Quiroz Rivera -- Chapter 38 Model Analysis with Digital Technology - a “Hybrid Approach”, Débora da Silva Soares -- Chapter 39 Collective Production with Mathematical Modelling in Digital Culture, Arlindo José de Souza Júnior, João Frederico da Costa Azevedo Meyer, Deive Barbosa Alves, Fernando da Costa Barbosa, Mário Lucio Alexandre, Douglas Carvalho de Menezes and Douglas Marin -- Part V Assessment in Schools and Universities -- Chapter 40 Learners’ Dealing with a Financial Applications-like Problem in a High-stakes School-leaving Mathematics Examination, Cyril Julie -- Chapter 41 Evidence of Reformulation of Situation Models: Modelling Tests before and after a Modelling Class for Lower Secondary School Students, Akio Matsuzaki and Masafumi Kaneko -- Part VI Applicability at Different Levels of Schooling, Vocational Education, and in Tertiary Education -- Chapter 42 Mathematical Modelling in the Teaching of Statistics in Undergraduate Courses, Celso Ribeiro Campos, Denise Helena Lombardo Ferreira, Otávio Roberto Jacobini and Maria Lúcia Lorenzetti Wodewotzki -- Chapter 43 Models and Modelling in an Integrated Physics and Mathematics Course, Angeles Domínguez, Jorge de la Garza, and Genaro Zavala -- Chapter 44 Research-based Modelling Teaching Activities: A case of Mathematical Positioning with GNSS, Xiaojun Duan , Dan Wang, and Mengda Wu -- Chapter 45 Mathematical Texts in a Mathematical Modelling Learning Environment in Primary School, Ana Virginia de Almeida Luna, Elizabeth Goumes Souza and Larissa Borges de Souza Lima -- Chapter 46 A Differential Equations Course for Engineers through Modelling and Technology, Ruth Rodríguez Gallegos -- Chapter 47 Contributions of Mathematical Modelling in Education of Youth and Adults, Jonson Ney Dias da Silva, Taise Sousa Santana and Carlos Henrique Carneiro -- Chapter 48 Pre-service Mathematics Teachers’ Experiences in Modelling Projects from a Socio-critical Modelling Perspective, Mónica E. Villarreal, Cristina B. Esteley and Silvina Smith -- Chapter 49 A Mathematical Modelling Challenge Program for J.H.S. Students in Japan, Akira Yanagimoto, Tetsushi Kawasaki and Noboru Yoshimura -- Part VII Modelling and Applications in the Lived Environment -- Chapter 50 Modelling the Wall: The Mathematics of the Curves on the Wall of Colégio Arquidiocesano in Ouro Preto, Daniel Orey and Milton Rosa -- List of Corresponding Authors -- Refereeing Process -- Index.
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 21
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400741652
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XVIII, 254 p. 2 illus. in color, online resource)
    Serie: Policy Implications of Research in Education 5
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Druckausg. Globalization, international education policy and local policy formation
    Schlagwort(e): Education ; Education ; Entwicklungsländer ; Bildungspolitik ; Entwicklungspolitik ; Internationaler Vergleich ; Globalisierung ; Ausbildung ; Weltgesellschaft ; Bildung ; Bildungssystem ; Bildungspolitik
    Kurzfassung: This volume examines how international donor policy and funding affect local educational policy formation in developing countries and regions. Consisting of research and commentary on primary, secondary and tertiary education by scholars from developing countries around the world, it represents a seldom-heard voice. The viewpoints offered here are surprisingly varied and refreshingly divergent from much of the usual Western discourse on international educational policy formation and implementation. Starting out with an overview of the history and current condition of international donor policy, the book leaves ample room for voices from the developing world in its ten chapters that make up the second part. It concludes with a tentative discussion of theory of collaboration. The volume contributes to the global attempts at collaboration between donor and recipient countries as it presents a perspective not often heard in the clamour of voices of Western experts and local government officials
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Chapter 1 Giving Voice to Local Scholars in Educational Policy, Carolyn A. BrownPart I - Historical Background and Current Status of International Donor Policy in Education -- Chapter 2 A Brief History of International Education Policy: From Breton-Woods to the Paris Declaration, James H. Williams -- Chapter 3 Current Trends in Education & Development, James H. Williams, Carolyn A.Brown and Sarah Kwan -- Part II - Voices from the Developing World -- Chapter 4 Differential Support, Divergent Success: Three Case Studies of International Influence on Education Policy in El Salvador, D. Brent Edwards Jr., Pauline Martin and  Julián Antonio Victoria Libreros -- Chapter 5 Education for all and the Global-Local Interface: A Case Study of The Gambia, Matarr Baldeh and Caroline Manion -- Chapter 6 Nordic aid and the Education Sector in Africa: The Case of Tanzania, Zehlia Babaci-Wilhite, Macleans A. Geo-JaJa and Mwajuma Vuzo -- Chapter 7 Quality with equity in primary education: Implications of high stakes assessments on teacher practice in Bangladesh, Jaddon Park and Manzoor Ahmed -- Chapter 8 No Nation is an Island: Navigating the Troubled Waters Between Indigenous Values and Donor Desire in the Republic of the Marshall Islands, Paul Robert Sauer -- Chapter 9 Education and Gender Rights in Latin America, Ezequiel Gomez Caride -- Chapter 10 Where to From Here?  Analysis of Cambodia's 2009-2013 Information Communication Technologies in Education Plan, Jayson W. Richardson, John B. Nash, Lyda Chea and Chivoin Peou -- Chapter 11 International Aid Influences on South African Policy Development in Education and Training, Peliwe Lolwana -- Chapter 12 A View from Latin America: Two Generations of Reforms on Higher Education; Towards a New Decade of Collaboration, Jorge Uribe-Roldán -- Chapter 13 Global and Local: Standardized Testing and Corruption in Admissions to Ukrainian Universities, Ararat L. Osipian -- Part III - Toward a Theory of Collaboration -- Chapter 14 Can There be Real Collaboration Between Donors and Developing Countries in Educational Policy? Conclusions and Recommendations, Carolyn A. Brown.
    Anmerkung: Includes index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 22
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401793001
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XVI, 156 p. 15 illus., 1 illus. in color, online resource)
    Serie: Cultural Studies of Science Education 10
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Druckausg. Hewson, Mariana G. Embracing indigenous knowledge in science and medical teaching
    Schlagwort(e): Medical Education ; Science Study and teaching ; Education ; Education ; Medical Education ; Science Study and teaching ; Südafrika ; Volksmedizin ; Lokales Wissen ; Wissensvermittlung
    Kurzfassung: This book describes the gaps and commonalities in African and Western ways of knowing concerning science and medicine. It reflects a personal journey in teaching science and trans-cultural medicine in the African setting. In addition, it describes how the author became an initiate as a traditional healer in Zimbabwe. The book combines educational theory, research and lived experiences of teaching in southern Africa with the ideas of the indigenous healers of the region. Incorporating new knowledge of African indigenous knowledge and traditional healers, the book provides insights about, and suggestions for teaching and caring that are both surprising and energizing for our future
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: PrologueChapter 1: Different Ways of Knowing -- SECTION B: SCIENCE EDUCATION -- Chapter 2: History of Science Teaching in Southern Africa -- Chapter 3: Teaching Science in Southern Africa -- SECTION C: MEDICAL EDUCATION AND PRACTICE -- Chapter 4: Challenges of Medicine Across the Cultural Divide -- Chapter 5: African Healing and Traditional Healers -- Chapter 6: Educating Traditional Healers -- SECTION D: IMPLICATIONS FOR SCIENCE AND CLINICAL TEACHING -- Chapter 7: Research on Indigenous Knowledge in South Africa and Lesotho -- Chapter 8: Integrating Indigenous Knowledge with Science Teaching -- Chapter 9: Incorporating Indigenous Knowledge into Clinical Teaching -- SECTION E: FINALE -- Chapter 10: Epilogue -- VIDEO: We Can Teach the Children -- Index.
    Anmerkung: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 23
    ISBN: 9783319154107
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XIII, 486 p. 52 illus., 37 illus. in color, online resource)
    Serie: Advances in Mathematics Education
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Druckausg.
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Mathematics ; Early childhood education ; Adult education ; Education ; Education ; Mathematics ; Early childhood education ; Adult education
    Kurzfassung: This book offers fresh insight and understanding of the many ways in which children, youth and adults may find their paths to mathematics. The chapters of the volume offer and analyse promising new ways into mathematics. The focus is on spaces and modalities of learning, dialogue and inquiry, embodiment and aesthetic experience, information and communication technology and on the use of mathematics in public communication. The chapters present new mathematical activities and conceptions enriching the repertoire of mathematics education practices. Critical commentaries discuss the innovative potential of the new approaches to the teaching and learning of mathematics. As a consequence, the commentaries point to requirements and open issues in the field of research in mathematics education. The volume is remarkably international. Teachers and researchers from 14 countries authored 21 chapters and 7 commentaries. The reader is invited to reflect on the particular effect of presenting avenues to mathematics contrived in diverse national settings in which the praxis of mathematics education might look different compared to what happens in the reader’s place. The book starts a series of sourcebooks edited by CIEAEM, the Commission Internationale pour l’Etude et l’Amélioration de l’Enseignement des Mathématiques / International Commission for the Study and Improvement of Mathematics Education
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Acknowledgements; Contents; Contributors; Educational Paths to Mathematics: Which Paths Forward to What Mathematics?; Looking Back: Developments in School Mathematics; The Construction of School Mathematics; Towards the Problem-Centred Curriculum; Fit to and Fit for the Data-Driven Society; ICT Challenging the Mathematics Curriculum; Looking Forward: Why and Where?; The Structure of the Sourcebook; References; Part I: Cultural Tensions in the Field of Mathematics Education; Re-interpreting Students' Interest in Mathematics: Youth Culture and Subjectivity; Introduction
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: What Existing Research Has to Offer Beyond Disciplinary Boundaries in Mathematics Education Research; School Mathematics as a Social, Cultural, Political and Historical Battlefield; School Mathematics as a Field of Modern Subjectivity; Youth in a Postmodern Cultural Field of Becoming; Conclusion; References; Connecting Place and Community to Mathematics Instruction in Rural Schools; Motivating Assumptions and Their Basis in Extant Literature; Methods; Data Collection; Phase One: Cross-Case Comparison; The Sample; Underwood, Ohio; Gladbrook, Alabama; Hanover, Kentucky
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Hamilton Collaborative, NebraskaTwin Oaks, Vermont; Edgewater, Maine; Grover, Washington; Protocols and Procedures; Phase Two: The National Survey; The Sample and Questionnaire Development; Results; Theme-by-Theme Analysis; Relevance; Sustainability of Place-Based Approaches; Social-Class Interactions; Subtheme A: Place-Based Education and the University-Intending Students; Subtheme B: Rural Insufficiency and Rural Affordance; Subthemes C and D: The Egalitarian Local/Elite Cosmopolitan Continuum; Discussion; Appendices; Appendix A; Appendix B; References
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Establishing Mathematics Classroom Culture: Concealing and Revealing the Rules of the GameIntroduction; Mathematics Classroom Culture; The Episodes; Episode 1: The Race to Twenty and Classification; Classification and Recognition Rules; Dual Recontextualisation; From Dual Recontextualisation to Dual Classification; Framing and Implicit vs. Explicit Pedagogy; Classification and Framing in the Race to Twenty: Brousseau; The Race to Twenty: Mr. Black and Brousseau; Episode 2: T-Tables; Classification of Communication
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Recognition and Realisation Rules: Finding the Correct 'Other Words' Classification of Praxeology: A Little Tiny Equation; Does Everyone in Mr. White's Class Have the Same Access?; Conclusion; References; Part II: Working with Adults; Learning Mathematics In and Out of School: A Workplace Education Perspective; Democracy and Pedagogic Rights; The Economic Realities of Pharmaceutical Manufacturing; Calculations and Computing in the Pharmaceutical Manufacturing Industry; Calculations A: Estimate, Calculate, and Record Workplace Data
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Calculations B: Use Routine Measuring Instruments. Complete Routine Arithmetic Calculations. Chart Data
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Educational Paths to Mathematics: Which Paths Forward to What Mathematics? Uwe Gellert and Corinne HahnPart I Cultural Tensions in the Field of Mathematics Education -- Re-Interpreting Students’ Interest in Mathematics: Youth Culture and Subjectivity, Paola Valero -- Connecting Place and Community to Mathematics Instruction in Rural Schools, Robert Klein -- Establishing Mathematics Classroom Culture: Concealing and Revealing the Rules of the Game, Christine Knipping, David Reid and Hauke Straehler-Pohl -- Part II Working with Adults -- Learning Mathematics in and out of School: A Workplace Education Perspective, Gail E. FitzSimons -- Mathematical Modelling and Bank Loan Systems: An Experience with Adults Returning to School, Vera Helena Giusti de Souza, Rosana Nogueira de Lima, Tânia Maria Mendonça Campos and Leonardo Gerardini -- Working with Adults: A Commentary, Javier Díez-Palomar -- Part III Working with Pre-Schoolers -- ‘Number in Cultures’ as a Playful Outdoor Activity: Making Space for Critical Mathematics Education in the Early Years, Anna Chronaki, Georgia Moutzouri and Kostas Magos -- Fairness Through Mathematical Problem Solving in Preschool Education, Zoi Nikiforidou and Jenny Pange -- How Do Fair Sharing Tasks Facilitate Young Children’s Access to Fractional Concepts? Julie Cwikla and Jennifer Vonk -- Working with Pre-Schoolers: A Dual Commentary, Michaela Kaslová and Sixto Romero -- Part IV Taking Spaces and Modalities into Account -- Digital Mathematical Performances: Creating a Liminal Space for Participation, Susan Gerofsky -- Participation in Mathematics Problem-Solving Through Gestures and Narration, Luciana Bazzini and Cristina Sabena -- Considering the Classroom Space: Towards a Multimodal Analysis of the Pedagogical Discourse, Eleni Gana, Charoula Stathopoulou and Petros Chaviaris.- Commentary: Semiotic Game, Semiotic Resources, Liminal Space - A Revolutionary Moment in Mathematics Education! Peter Appelbaum -- Part V Criticising Public Discourse -- Numbers on the Front Page: Mathematics in the News, Dimitris Chassapis and Eleni Giannakopoulou -- On the Role of Inconceivable Magnitude Estimation Problems to Improve Critical Thinking, Lluís Albarracín and Núria Gorgorió -- Criticizing Public Discourse and Mathematics Education: A Commentary, Charoula Stathopoulou -- Part VI Organising Dialogue and Enquiry -- Facilitating Deliberate Dialogue in Mathematics Classroom, Ana Serradó, Yuly Vanegas and Joaquim Giménez -- Inquiry-Based Mathematics Teaching: The Case of Célia, Luís Menezes, Hélia Oliveira and Ana Paula Canavarro -- Using Drama Techniques for Facilitating Democratic Access to Mathematical Ideas for All Learners, Panayota Kotarinou and Charoula Stathopoulou -- Organising Dialogue and Enquiry: A Commentary, Lambrecht Spijkerboer and Leonor Santos -- Part VII Providing Information Technology -- Educational Laptop Computers Integrated into Mathematics Classrooms, Maria Elisabette Brisola Brito Prado and Nielce Meneguelo Lobo da Costa, Technology and Education: Frameworks to Think Mathematics Education in the 21st Century, Gilles Aldon -- Technology in the Teaching and Learning of Mathematics in the 21st Century: What Aspects Must Be Considered? A Commentary, Fernando Hitt. Part VIII Transcending Boundaries -- Family Math: Doing Mathematics to Increase the Democratic Participation in the Learning Process, Javier Díez-Palomar -- Service-Learning as Teacher Education, Peter Appelbaum -- The Learning and Teaching of Mathematics as an Emergent Property Through Interacting Systems and Interchanging Roles: A Commentary, Fragiskos Kalavasis and Corneille Kazadi -- Themes and Places of the CIEAEM Conferences Presidents of the Commission Internationale pour l’Etude et l’Amélioration de l’Enseignement des Mathématiques -- Index.
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 24
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Cham : Springer International Publishing
    ISBN: 9783319171876
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XIII, 932 p. 368 illus., 359 illus. in color, online resource)
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Druckausg.
    Schlagwort(e): Curriculum planning ; Mathematics ; Education ; Education ; Curriculum planning ; Mathematics ; Mathematikunterricht
    Kurzfassung: This book comprises the full selected Regular Lectures from the Proceedings of the 12th International Congress on Mathematical Education (ICME-12), which was held at COEX in Seoul, Korea, from July 8th to 15th, 2012. ICME-12 brought together 4700 experts from 100 countries, working to understand all of the intellectual and attitudinal challenges in the subject of mathematics education as a multidisciplinary research and practice. These selected Regular Lectures present the work of fifty-one prominent mathematics educators from all over the globe. The Lectures cover a wide spectrum of topics, themes, and issues and aim to give direction to future research towards educational improvement in the teaching and learning of mathematics education. This book is of particular interest to researchers, teachers and curriculum developers in mathematics education
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Preface; Contents; 1 Understanding the Nature of the Geometric Work Through Its Development and Its Transformations; Abstract; Introduction; Complexity of the Geometric Work; With Grade 9 Students; Geometrical Paradigms and Three Elementary Geometries; Geometry I: Natural Geometry; Geometry II: Natural Axiomatic Geometry; Geometry III: Formal Axiomatic Geometry; Back to the Example; The Notion of Space for Geometric Work Within the Framework of Didactics of Geometry; The Epistemological Level; The Cognitive Level; Building a Space for Geometric Work: A Transformation Process
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: On the Meaning of GenesisVarious SGW Levels; Various Geneses of the Space for Geometric Work; On Figural Genesis; On Instrumental Genesis; On Discursive Genesis of Reasoning; Towards a Coherent Geometric Work at the End of Compulsory School; A Coherent GI Work Space; A Coherent GII Work Space; Beyond the Space for Geometric Work; References; 2 Integration of Technology into Mathematics Teaching: Past, Present and Future; Abstract; Introduction; Programming as a Problem Solving; Dynamic Geometry Software; Continuing with GeoGebra
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 3 Developing Free Computer-Based Learning Objects for High School Mathematics: Examples, Issues and DirectionsAbstract; Introduction; Our Instructional and Technological Choices; Learning Objects on Spatial Geometry; Trip-Lets; The Tomography Game; Projections in Perspective; A Plethora of Polyhedra; Surfaces and Solids of Revolution; Matrices and Digital Images; Learning Objects on Functions; How b Depends on a?; The Optimal Project; Epicycles and Trigonometric Interpolation; The Anatomy of a Quadratic Function; The Triangle Classification Game; Learning Objects on Probability and Statistics
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Wheels of FortuneStatistics of Letters, Words and Periods; Acknowledgments; References; 4 Doing Research Within the Anthropological Theory of the Didactic: The Case of School Algebra; Abstract; Research, Theory and the ``Detachment Principle''; What Is ``School Algebra''? Didactic Transposition Processes; The Didactic Ecology of School Algebra; The Western Relationship to Orality and Literacy; The Cultural Pejoration of Algebra; What Could Algebra Be? a Reference Epistemological Model; How to Teach Algebra at School? Study and Research Paths; References
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 5 Curriculum Reform and Mathematics Learning: Evidence from Two Longitudinal StudiesAbstract; Mathematics Education Reform; The LieCal Project; Three Levels of Curriculum; Intended Curriculum; Implemented Curriculum; Attained Curriculum; Conclusion; Acknowledgments; References; 6 Mathematical Problem Solving Beyond School: Digital Tools and Students' Mathematical Representations; Abstract; Introduction; The Context of Web-Based Mathematical Competitions; A Description of SUB12 and SUB14; The ProblemWeb Project: Researching Web-Based Mathematical Problem Solving; Theoretical Framework
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Problem Solving from the Point of View of Expressing Thinking
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Understanding the nature of the geometric work through its development and its transformations: Kuzniak Alain (France)Integration of technology into mathematics teaching: Past, present and future:Adnan Baki (Turkey) -- Investigating the influence of teachers’ pedagogical beliefs and reported practices on student achievement in basic mathematics: Allan B.I. Bernardo (Philippines), Auxencia A. Limjap (Philippines) -- Developing free computer-based learning objects for high school mathematics: Examples, issues and directions: Humberto José Bortolossi(Brazil) -- Doing research within the anthropological theory of the didactic: The case of school algebra: Marianna Bosch (Spain) -- Curriculum reform and mathematics learning: Evidence from two longitudinal studies:Jinfa Cai (USA) -- Mathematical problem solving beyond school: Digital tools and students’ mathematical representations: Susana Carreira (Portugal) -- Teaching probability in secondary school: Paulo Cezar Pinto Carvalho (Brazil) -- Mathematics is alive! Project based mathematics: Kyung Yoon Chang (Korea) -- Weaving exploration in the process of acquisition and development of mathematical knowledge: Marcos Cherinda (Mozambique) -- An illustration of the explanatory and discovery functions of proof: Michael de Villiers (South Africa) -- Constructing abstract mathematical knowledge in context: Tommy Dreyfus (Israel) -- Digital technology in mathematics education: Why it works (or doesn’t): Paul Drijvers (Netherlands) -- Mathematical thinking styles in school and across cultures:Rita Borromeo Ferri (Germany) -- Learning to see: The viewpoint of the blind:Lourdes Figueiras (Spain), Abraham Arcavi(Israel) -- Issues and concerns about integrations of ICT into the teaching and learning of mathematics in Africa : Botswana case:Kgomotso Gertrude Garegae (Botswana) -- Learning mathematics in secondary school: The case of mathematical modelling enabled by technology: Jonaki B Ghosh (India) -- Doing mathematics in teacher preparation: Giving space and time to think, reflect, share and feel: Frédéric Gourdeau (Canada) -- Resources, at the core of mathematics teachers’ work:Ghislaine Gueudet (France) -- Mathematics education reform movement in Indonesia:Sutarto Hadi (Indonesia) -- Emotions in problem solving: Markku S. Hannula (Finland) -- Freudenthal’s work continues:Marja van den Heuvel-Panhuizen(Netherland) -- Hands that see, hands that speak: Investigating relationships between sensory activity, forms of communicating and mathematical cognition:Lulu Healy (Brazil) -- Teachers learning together: Pedagogical reasoning in mathematics teachers’ collaborative conversations:Ilana Seidel Horn (USA) -- Transforming education through lesson study: Thailand’s decade-long journey:Maitree Inprasitha (Thailand) -- Dialectic on the problem solving approach: Illustrating hermeneutics as the ground theory for lesson study in mathematics education:Masami Isoda (Japan) -- History, application, and philosophy of mathematics in mathematics education: Accessing and assessing students’ overview and judgment:Uffe Thomas Jankvist (Denmark) -- Teaching mathematical modelling in school mathematics: Ok-Ki Kang (Korea), Jihwa Noh (Korea) -- Implications from Polya and Krutetskii:Wan Kang (Korea) -- Derivative or derivation?Matthias Kawski (USA) -- The social dimension of argumentation and proof in mathematics classrooms: Christine Knipping (Germany) -- Mathematical literacy for living in the highly constructionism: Theory of learning or theory of design?Chronis Kynigos (Greece) -- Adjacent schools with infinite distance - Narratives from North Korean mathematics classrooms: Jung Hang Lee (USA/Korea) -- Mobile linear algebra with Sage: Sang-Gu Lee (Korea) -- Discernment and reasoning in dynamic geometry environments: Allen Leung (Hong Kong) -- Riding the third wave: Negotiating teacher and students’ value preferences relating to effective mathematics lesson:Chap Sam Lim (Malaysia) -- Learning mathematics by creative or imitative reasoning:Johan Lithner (Sweden) -- Features of exemplary lessons under the curriculum reform in China: A case study on thirteen elementary mathematics lessons:Yunpeng Ma (China), Dongchen Zhao (China) -- Teachers, students and resources in mathematics Laboratory:Michela Maschietto (Italy) -- The common core state standards in mathematics:William McCallum (USA) -- From practical geometry to the laboratory method: the search for an alternative to Euclid in the history of teaching geometry:Marta Menghini (Italy) -- Research on mathematics classroom practice: An international perspective:Ida Ah Chee MOK (Hong Kong) -- Information-and-technology-oriented in the 21st Century: Mathematics education from the perspective of human life in society:Eizo Nagasaki (Japan) -- Exploring the nature of the transition to geometric proof through design experiments from the holistic perspective:Masakazu Okazaki (Japan) -- Laying foundations for statistical inference:Maxine Pfannkuch (New Zealand), Chris J. Wild (New Zealand) -- Mathematics education in Cambodia from 1980 to 2012: Challenges and perspectives 2025:Chan Roath(Cambodia) -- The challenges of preparing a mathematical lecture for the public:Yvan Saint-Aubin (Canada) -- Computer aided assessment of mathematics using stack: Christopher Sangwin (UK) -- Numerical analysis as a topic in school mathematics:Shailesh A Shirali (India) -- Visualizing mathematics at University? Examples from theory and practice of a linear algebra course:Blanca Souto-Rubio(Spain) -- On the golden ratio:Michel Spira (Brazil) -- The international assessment of mathematical literacy: PISA 2012 framework and items:Kaye Stacey (Australia) -- Applications and modelling research in secondary classrooms: What have we learnt?Gloria Stillman (Australia) -- Hidden cultural variables to promote mathematics and mathematics education - Are there royal roads?Guenter Toerner (Germany) -- Mathematics competition questions: Their pedagogical values and an alternative approach of classification:Tin Lam Toh (Singapore) -- What does it mean to understand some mathematics?Zalman Usiskin (USA) -- Mapping mathematical leaps of insight:Caroline Yoon (New Zealand) -- Conflicting perspectives of power, identity, access and language choice in multilingual teachers’ voices:Lyn Webb (South Africa) -- Mathematics at university: The anthropological approach:Carl Winsløw (Denmark) -- Use of student mathematics questioning to promote active learning and metacognition:Khoon Yoong Wong (Singapore) -- The examination system in China: The case of Zhongkao mathematics:Yingkang Wu (China).
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 25
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Cham : Springer International Publishing
    ISBN: 9783319059815
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XV, 99 p. 18 illus., 17 illus. in color, online resource)
    Serie: Educational Communications and Technology: Issues and Innovations
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Druckausg. Technology for learners with autism spectrum disorders
    Schlagwort(e): Education ; Education ; Lernen ; Student ; Autismus ; Technologie
    Kurzfassung: Technology for Learners with Autism Spectrum Disorders provides readers with an in-depth look at the characteristics of learners with ASD and explains how different forms of technology can be used to create learning opportunities for autistic students. The book is both an academic and practical to appeal to multiple audiences: researchers, parents, teachers, and therapists. Most literature on teaching children with ASD advocates for the use of schedules, structure, individualized instruction, techniques for transitioning, strategies for reducing problem behaviors, systematic instruction, vocational skill development, appropriate reinforcement, and environmental support. Specifically, designing learning environments that include these carefully crafted elements can address deficits in the areas of communication/language, behavior, and social skills. However, there is very little in the current educational literature which speaks to the types of academic activities that should be developed and used to help children with ASD gain skills in core academic areas, such as reading, writing, effective communication, and mathematics. This book fills that void by including sample academic activities-explaining strategies for working with children diagnosed with ASD, and examining ways a variety of technology tools can be used to both build skills and improve learning and understanding in children with ASD
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Autism Spectrum Disorders and TechnologyIncluding Families in the Equation -- Characteristics of Learners with Autism and Ways Technology Can Provide Benefits -- Applications of Technology for Students with ASD -- Make it and Take it with Applications Software: Sample Technology-Created Activities for Academic and Social Skill Development -- Selecting and Evaluating Technology Tools for Autistic Learners.
    Anmerkung: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 26
    ISBN: 9789400777934
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XIII, 412 p. 30 illus., 20 illus. in color, online resource)
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Druckausg.
    Schlagwort(e): Mathematics ; Science Study and teaching ; Education, Higher ; Engineering ; Education ; Education ; Mathematics ; Science Study and teaching ; Education, Higher ; Engineering
    Kurzfassung: Drawing on data generated by the EU’s Interests and Recruitment in Science (IRIS) project, this volume examines the issue of young people’s participation in science, technology, engineering and mathematics education. With an especial focus on female participation, the chapters offer analysis deploying varied theoretical frameworks, including sociology, social psychology, and gender studies. The material also includes reviews of relevant research in science education, and summaries of empirical data concerning student choices in STEM disciplines in five European countries. Featuring both quantitative and qualitative analyses, the book makes a substantial contribution to the developing theoretical agenda in STEM education. It augments available empirical data and identifies strategies in policy-making that could lead to improved participation-and gender balance-in STEM disciplines. The majority of the chapter authors are IRIS project members, with additional chapters written by specially invited contributors. The book provides researchers and policy makers alike with a comprehensive and authoritative exploration of the core issues in STEM educational participation
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Introduction: Participation in science and technology education - presenting the challenge and introducing project IRISSection 1:Theoretical perspectives on educational choice -- Chapter 1: Expectancy-value perspectives on STEM choice in late-modern societies -- Chapter 2. A narrative approach to understand students’ identities and choices -- Chapter 3: Gender, STEM studies and educational choices. Insights from feminist perspectives -- Section 2: Interest and participation in STEM from primary school to phD -- Chapter 4: STEM attitudes, interests and career choice -- Chapter 5: Science aspirations and gender identity: Lessons from the ASPIRES project -- Chapter 6: The impact of science curriculum content on students’ subject choices in post-compulsory schooling -- Chapter 7: A place for STEM: Probing the reasons for undergraduate course choices -- Chapter 8: Short stories of educational choice - in the words of science and technology students -- Chapter 9: Understanding declining science participation in Australia: A systemic perspective -- Chapter 10: Choice patterns of PhD students: why should i pursue a PhD? -- Chapter 11: The impact of outreach and out-of-school activities on Norwegian upper secondary students’ STEM motivations -- Section 3: Staying in STEM, leaving STEM? -- Chapter 12: Why do students in stem higher education programmes drop/opt out? Explanations offered from research -- Chapter 13: What makes them leave and where do they go? Non-completion and institutional departures in STEM -- Chapter 14: The first-year experience: Students’ encounter with science and engineering programmes -- Chapter 15: Keeping pace. Educational choice motivations and first-year experiences in the words of Italian students -- Section 4: Applying feminist perspectives to understand STEM participation -- Chapter 16: When research challenges gender stereotypes: Exploring narratives of girls’ educational choices -- Chapter 17: Italian female and male students’ choices: STEM studies and motivations -- Chapter 18: Being a woman in a man’s place or being a man in a women’s place: insights into students’ experiences of science and engineering at university -- Chapter 19: Italian students’ ideas about gender and science in late modern societies. interpretations from a feminist perspective -- Section 5: Understanding and improving STEM participation: Conclusions and recommendations -- Chapter 20: Understanding student participation and choice in science and technology education: The contribution of IRIS -- Chapter 21: Improving participation in science and technology higher education: Ways forward -- Appendix: The IRIS questionnaire: Brief account of instrument development, data collection and respondents.
    Anmerkung: Includes bibliographical references
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 27
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Cham : Springer International Publishing
    ISBN: 9783319255361
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XXII, 245 p. 37 illus., 10 illus. in color, online resource)
    Ausgabe: 1st ed. 2015
    Serie: Cultural Psychology of Education 2
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Druckausg.
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Educational psychology ; Psychology ; Education ; Education ; Educational psychology ; Education Psychology ; Psychology
    Kurzfassung: This book celebrates the 100th birthday of Jerome S. Bruner, one of the most relevant scholars in contemporary psychology. It shows how Bruner’s oeuvre and contributions to psychology, education and law are still applicable today and full of unexplored possibilities. The volume brings together contributions from Bruner’s students and colleagues, all of whom use his legacy to explore the future of psychology in in Bruner’s spirit of interpretation. Rather than being a mere celebration, the volume shows a “genuine interest for the emergence of the novelty” and examines the potentialities of Bruner’s work in cultural psychology, discussing such concepts as ambivalence, intersubjectivity, purpose, possibilities, and wonderment. Combining international and interdisciplinary perspectives, this volume tells the tale of Jerome Bruner’s academic life and beyond
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Series Preface: Jerome Bruner: the psychology in its making Giuseppina Marsico (University of Salerno, Italy)Introduction Living to Tell the Tale of Psychology: Jerome Bruner the Giant Giuseppina Marsico (University of Salerno, Italy) -- PART I: BRUNER’S CENTURY -- Interview with Jerome Bruner: The History of Psychology in the First Person Giuseppina  Marsico (University of Salerno, Italy).-Clark Lecture in 1968 “Processes of Cognitive growth: Infancy” Jerome Bruner -- LET’S FRANKLY PLAY: AMBIVALENCE, DILEMMAS AND IMAGINATION  (Luca Tateo, Aalborg University, Denmark) -- INTERSUBJECTIVITY  (Waldomiro J. Silva Filho, Universidade Federal da Bahia, CNPq, Brazil) -- Part II: NAVIGATING THE BRUNER’S OCEAN -- Homage to Jerome Bruner, Howard Gardner (Harvard University, USA) -- THE PURPOSE OF PURPOSE, Jaan Valsiner  (Aalborg University, Denmark) -- HOW BRUNER FORESAW A FUTURE THAT HAS YET TO BE ACHIEVED. Rom Harré (Georgetown University, USA) -- JERRY BRUNER: THE OXFORD’S YEARS AND BEYOND Jose Luis Linaza (Universidad Autónoma in Madrid ,Spain) -- MEETINGS WITH JERRY BRUNER Juan Delval  (Universidad Nacional de Educación a Distancia, UNE. Spain) -- BRUNER'S NARRATIVE TURN: THE IMPACT OF CULTURAL PSYCHOLOGY IN CATALONIA Moisès Esteban-Guitart (University of Girona) -- MOTOR SKILLS, MOTOR  COMPETENCE AND  CHILDREN: BRUNER'S IDEAS IN THE ERA OF EMBODIMENT  COGNITION AND Luis Migue l Ruiz Pérez (Universidad Politécnica Madrid) & José Luis Linaza Iglesias (Universidad Autónoma de Madrid) -- THE ROLE OF IMMATURITY IN DEVELOPMENT AND EVOLUTION: THEME AND VARIATIONS. Juan C. Gómez (School of Psychology and Neuroscience,University of St. Andrews, United Kingdom) -- THE ARTS OF THE HIDDEN: AN ESSAY FOR THE LEFT HAND Alan C. Kay  (Viewpoints Research Institute,USA) -- - NARRATING POSSIBILITY   Colette Daiute  (CUNY, New York, USA ) -- BRUNER’S WAYS OF KNOWING -  FROM THE COGNITIVE REVOLUTION TO THE DIGITAL REVOLUTION : CHALLENGES FOR THE SCHOOLS AND TEACHERS OF TODAY Britt-Mari Barth (Catholic University of Paris) -- JEROME BRUNER AT THE HELM: CHARTING A NEW COURSE IN CULTURAL PSYCHOLOGY THROUGH NARRATIVE Noelle A. Paufler  (University of North Texas. USA) and Audrey Amrein-Beardsley (Arizona State University, USA) -- BRUNER AT THE BAR:  JEROME BRUNER’S INFLUENCE ON LAW AND THE LEGAL ACADEMY, Eleanor Fox, (New York  University, School of  Law, NY,  USA) -- TWO OR THREE THINGS I KNOW ABOUT PROFESSOR BRUNER David Garland (New York  University, School of  Law, NY,  USA) -- BRINGING WONDERMENT TO THE LEGAL ACADEMY Peggy Davis(New York  University, School of  Law, NY,  USA) -- NARRATIVE, INFERENCE, AND LAW IN CULTURAL CONTEXT Oscar G. Chase (New York  University, School of  Law, NY,  USA) -- A SATYR PLAY Anthony G. Amsterdam (New York  University, School of  Law, NY,  USA) -- Editorial Conclusion: Cultivating possibilities for cultural psychology. Jerome Bruner in his becoming, Giuseppina Marsico (University of Salerno) -- AUTHORS’ BIOS.
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 28
    ISBN: 9789401795708
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XVI, 492 p. 58 illus, online resource)
    Serie: Higher Education Dynamics 44
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Druckausg.
    Schlagwort(e): Education, Higher ; Education ; Education
    Kurzfassung: In spite of the increasing attention attributed to the rise in prominence of the BRICS (Brazil, Russia, India, China and South Africa) countries, few studies have looked at the ways in which broader social expectations with respect to the role of higher education across the BRICS have changed, or not, in recent years. Our point of departure is that, contrary to the conventional wisdom focusing on functionalistic perspectives, higher education systems are not just designed by governments to fulfill certain functions, but have a tendency for evolving in a rather unpredictable fashion as a result of the complex interplay between a number of internal and external factors. In reality, national higher education systems develop and change according to a complex process that encompasses the expectations of governmental agencies, markets, the aspirations of the population for the benefits of education, the specific institutional traditions and cultures of higher education institutions, and, increasingly so, the interests and strategies of the private firms entering and offering services in the higher education market. This basically means that it is of outmost importance to move away from conceiving of "universities" or "higher education" as single, monolithic actors or sector. One way of doing this is by investigating a selected number of distinct, but nonetheless interrelated factors or drivers, which, taken together, help determine the nature and scope of the social compact between higher education (its core actors and institutions) and society at large (government, industry, local communities, professional associations)
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: IntroductionThe Rise of the BRICS and Higher Education Dynamics. Simon Schwartzman, Rómulo Pinheiro and Pundy Pillay -- Part I: Thematic Summaries -- Demand and Policies for Higher Education. Simon Schwartzman -- The Role of Internal and External Stakeholders. Rómulo Pinheiro -- Linking University Research and Innovation in the BRICS. Creso M. Sá -- Part II: Supply and Demand -- Demand and Supply for Higher Education in Brazil. Clarissa E. B. Neves -- Supply and Demand Patterns in Russian Higher Education. Isak Froumin and Yarolslav Kuuzminov -- Higher Education, Social Demand and Social Equity in India. Kishore M. Joshi --  Demands and Responses in Chinese Higher Education. Yuzhuo Cai and Fengqiao Yan.-Supply and Demand in South Africa. Kirti Menon.-Part III: The Role of Stakeholders -- The Role of Internal and External Stakeholders in Brazilian Higher Education. Elizabeth Balbachevsky -- Russian System of Higher Education and its Stakeholders: Ten years on the way to congruence. Evgeny Kniazev and Drantusova Natalya -- Cost Sharing in China’s Higher Education: Analyses of Major Stakeholders. Rui Yang -- The Role of Stakeholders in the Transformation of the South African Higher Education System. Peliwe Lolwana -- Part IV: Government Policy -- Higher Education policies in Brazil: A Case of Failure in Market Regulation. Maria H. M. Castro -- The Federal State, Regional Interests and the Reinvention of Russian Higher Education. Mark S. Johnson -- The Complex Web of Policy Choices: Dilemmas Facing Indian Higher Education Reform. Roopa D. Trilokekar and Sheila Embleton -- The Chinese Model of Development and the Higher Education Policy. Qiang Zha and Ruth Hayhoe -- State Power, Transition and New Modes of Coordination in Higher Education in South Africa. Michael Cross -- Part V: Research and Innovation -- Research and the ‘Third mission” in Light of Global Events. Creso M. Sá, Andrew Kretz and Kristjan Sigurdson -- Globalization and the Research Mission of Universities in Russia. Anna Smolentseva -- Research and Innovation in Indian Higher Education. Radhika Gorur and Fazal Rizvi -- Promoting Entrepreneurship and Innovation in China: Transformations in University Curriculum and Research Capacity. Joshua K. H. Mok and Kan Yue -- Research and Innovation in South Africa. Pundy Pillay -- EPILOGUE: Higher Education in the BRICS: What Have We Learnt and Where Are We Heading? Rómulo Pinheiro, Simon Schwartzman and Pundy Pillay.
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 29
    ISBN: 9789401793193
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (X, 256 p. 6 illus., 3 illus. in color, online resource)
    Serie: Landscapes: the Arts, Aesthetics, and Education 15
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Druckausg. Philosophy of music education challenged
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Education ; Education ; Education Philosophy ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Heidegger, Martin 1889-1976 ; Musik ; Pädagogik ; Bildung ; Heidegger, Martin 1889-1976 ; Musik ; Pädagogik ; Bildung
    Kurzfassung: This volume offers key insights into the crisis of legitimization that music as a subject of arts education seems to be in. Music as an educational subject is under intense pressure, both economically, due to the reduction of education budgets, as well as due to a loss of status with policy makers. The contributions in this book illuminate Martin Heidegger’s thinking as a highly cogent theoretical framework for understanding the nature and depth of this crisis. The contributors explore from various angles the relationship between the pressure on music education and the foundations of our technical and rationalized modern society, and lead the way on the indispensable first steps towards reconnecting the cultural practices of education with music and its valuable contributions to personal development
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Introduction: An Ontological Turn in the Field of Music and Music EducationPart I Technical Rationality and Nihilism -- 1. Musings of Heidegger: Arts Education and the Mall as a ‘debased’ (Dreyfus) work of Art -- 2. The Intrinsic Value of Musical Experience. A Rethinking: Why and How? -- 3. Ways of Revealing: Music Education Responses to Music Technology -- 4. Towards an Ontological Turn in Music Education with Heidegger’s Philosophy of being and his Notion of Releasement -- Part II Music and Being -- 5. Body - Music - Being: Making Music as Bodily Being in the World -- 6. Music as Art - Art as Being - Being as Music: A Philosophical Investigation into how Music Education can Embrace a Work of Art Based on Heidegger’s Thinking -- Part III Musical Experience -- 7. Music, Truth and Belonging: Listening with Heidegger -- 8. The Phenomenology of Music: Implications for Teenage Identities and Music Education -- 9. Music Education as a Dialogue between the Outer and the Inner: A Jazz Pedagogue’s Philosophy of Music Education -- 10. Pendulum Dialogues and the Re-enchantment of the World -- Part IV Bildung and Truth -- 11. Revisiting the Cave: Heidegger’s Reinterpretation of Plato’s Allegory with Reference to Music Education -- 12. From Heidegger to Dufrenne and Back: Bildung Beyond Subject and Object in Art Experience -- 13. Practice as Self-exploration -- 14. Art and ‘Truth’: Heidegger’s Ontology in Light of Ernst Bloch’s Philosophy of Hope and Hans-Georg Gadamer’s Play-metaphor. Three Impulses for a New Perspective of Musical Bildung.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 30
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401793551
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XXV, 467 p. 16 illus., 1 illus. in color, online resource)
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Druckausg. Indigenous education
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): International education ; Comparative education ; Educational policy ; ducation and state ; Educational sociology ; Higher education ; Anthropology ; Education and sociology ; Sociology, Educational ; Education ; Education ; Education, Higher ; Anthropology ; Indigenes Volk ; Bildung ; Pädagogische Anthropologie ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Indigenes Volk ; Bildung ; Pädagogische Anthropologie ; Kulturelle Identität
    Kurzfassung: Indigenous Education is a compilation of conceptual chapters and national case studies that includes empirical research based on a series of data collection methods. The book provides up-to-date scholarly research on global trends on three issues of paramount importance with indigenous education-language, culture, and identity. It also offers a strategic comparative and international education policy statement on recent shifts in indigenous education, and new approaches to explore, develop, and improve comparative education and policy research globally. Contributing authors examine several social justice issues related to indigenous education. In addition to case perspectives from 12 countries and global regions, the volume includes five conceptual chapters on topics that influence indigenous education, including policy debates, the media, the united nations, formal and informal education systems, and higher education
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Contents; Brief Author Bios; List of Acronyms and Abbreviations; List of Figures; List of Tables; 1 Global Review of Indigenous Education: Issues of Identity, Culture, and Language; Introduction; Global Roots of Education for All; Global Review of Literature on Indigenous Education; Regional Perspective from Africa; Regional Perspective from Asia; Regional Perspective from Europe; Regional Perspective from Latin America; Regional Perspective from Canada and the United States; Regional Perspective from Oceania; Chapter Summaries of the Book; Section I: Thematic Issues on Indigenous Education
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Section II: LanguageSection III: Culture; Section IV: Identity; Conclusion; References; Part I Thematic Issues on Indigenous Education; 2 Policy Debates and Indigenous Education: The Trialectic of Language, Culture, and Identity; Introduction; Indigenous Education in Five Countries; China; Mexico; Taiwan; Uganda; United States; Conclusion; References; 3 ICT and Indigenous Education: Emerging Challenges and Potential Solutions; Information and Communication Technology (ICT) and Educational Resources: New Opportunities But Old Challenges; ICT, Language and Cultural Barriers
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Cultural PreservationUse of ICT to Target Underserved and Indigenous Populations; Conclusion; References; 4 Formal and Informal Indigenous Education; Introduction; Informal Learning, the Learning Continuum and Indigenous Communities; Relations of Power and Educational Distinctions; Knowledge Boundaries and Their Implications for Indigenous Communities; Dynamics of Knowledge Systems and Knowledge Relations; Formal and Informal Learning-Seeking a Balance; References; 5 Indigenous Higher Education; The Assimilationist Anti-indigenous Education Model; Indigenous Higher Education
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: An Indigenous ParadigmReferences; 6 East or West? Tradition and the Development of Hybrid Higher Education in Asia: Focus on China; The Traditional Context and Western Contact; The Intellectual Tradition in China; Some Observations on Indigenous Chinese Higher Education; Structure; Curriculum; Teachers, Students, Learning, and Assessment; Discussion; References; Part II Language; 7 Strategies for Overcoming Linguistic Genocide: How to Avoid Macroaggressions and Microaggressions that Lead Toward Indigenous Language Annihilation; Four Strategies to Avoid Linguistic Genocide
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Parents Are Central to Indigenous Language PreservationIndigenous Peoples Must Be Involved; Governments Should Play a Leading Role; Leverage Advances in Technology; Conclusion; References; 8 Sustaining Indigenous Identity Through Language Development: Comparing Indigenous Language Instruction in Two Contexts; Introduction; Indigenous Language Revitalization and Decentralization of Schooling; Northern Cheyenne: A Case Study of Language Revitalization; Impact on Education; Language Endangerment and Schooling; Northern Cheyenne Schooling and Language Revitalization
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Northern Cheyenne Language Revitalization
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: ForewordPreface -- 1. Global Review of Indigenous Education: Issues of Identity, Culture, and Language. W. James Jacob, Sheng Yao Cheng, and Maureen K. Porter -- Section I: Thematic Issues on Indigenous Education -- 2. Policy Debates and Indigenous Education: The Trialectic of Language, Culture, and Identity. W. James Jacob, Jing Liu, and Che-Wei Lee -- 3. ICT and Indigenous Education: Emerging Challenges and Potential Solutions. Rebecca A. Clothey -- 4. Formal and Informal Indigenous Education. Terry Wotherspoon -- 5. Indigenous Higher Education. Duane W. Champagne -- 6. Indigenous Chinese Higher Education: John N. Hawkins -- Section II: Language -- 7. Strategies for Overcoming Linguistic Genocide: How to Avoid Macroaggressions and Microaggressions that Lead toward Indigenous Language Annihilation. W. James Jacob -- 8. Sustaining Indigenous Identity through Language Development: Comparing Indigenous Language Instruction in Two Contexts: Carol J. Ward and David B. Braudt -- 9. Language-in-Education Policies in Africa: Perspectives, Practices, and Implications: Connie Ssebbunga-Masembe, Christopher B. Mugimu, Anthony Mugagga, and Stephen Backman -- 10. The Sami People in Scandinavia: Government Policies for Indigenous Language Recognition and Support in the Formal Education System: Mina O’Dowd -- 11. Learning from the Moa: The Challenge of Maori Language Revitalization in Aotearoa/New Zealand. Roger Boshier -- 12. Heteroglossia: Reframing the Conversation around Literacy Achievement for English Language Learners and American Indian/Alaska Native Students: Evelisa Natasha Genova and Lydia Ross -- Section III: Culture -- 13. Somos Incas: Enduring Cultural Sensibilities and Indigenous Education. Maureen K. Porter -- 14. Indigenous History, Culture, and Education in the Pacific Islands. Richard Scaglion -- 15. Reclaiming Indigenous Cultures in African Education. Edward Shizha -- 16. Indigenous Knowledges in Education: Anticolonial Struggles in a Monocultural Arena with Reference to Chile and South America. Anders Breidlid and Louis Royce Botha -- 17. The Role of Schools in Native American Language and Culture Revitalization: A Vision of Linguistic and Educational Sovereignty. Teresa L. McCarty and Tiffany S. Lee -- 18. Between the Community and the Individual: Identity in Intercultural Education in Mexico. Rocío Fuentes -- Section IV: Identity -- 19. Beyond the Cultural Turn: Indigenous Identity and Mainstream Identity. Sheng Yao Cheng -- 20. Idigeneity and Global Citizenship. Jerome M. Levi and Elizabeth Durham -- 21. Indigenous Identity and Education in Peruvian Amazonia. Bartholomew Dean -- 22. Intersections of Identity and Education: The Native American Experience. Hilary N. Weaver -- Index.
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 31
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401794961
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (X, 289 p. 50 illus, online resource)
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Druckausg.
    Schlagwort(e): Science History ; Biology Philosophy ; Science Study and teaching ; Education ; Education ; Science History ; Biology Philosophy ; Science Study and teaching
    Kurzfassung: This book celebrates dioramas as a unique and essential learning tool for biological education for all. It provides information about their historical development, the technique of taxidermy and diorama construction from the past and the modern developments as well as aspects of interpretation and learning processes. The fresh and unique compilation brings together experts from a number of different countries, from the west coast of the USA, across Europe to China. It describes the journey of dioramas from their inception through development to visions of their future. A complementary journey is that of visitors and their individual sense making and construction of their understanding from their own starting points, often interacting with others (e.g. teachers, peers, parents) as well as media (e.g. labels). Dioramas have been, hitherto, a rather neglected area of museum exhibits but a renaissance is beginning for them and their educational importance in contributing to people’s understanding of the natural world. This volume shows how dioramas can reach a wide audience and increase access to biological knowledge
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Introduction, Sue Dale Tunnicliffe, London (UK) & Annette Scheersoi, Bonn (D)I. History and Features of Natural History Dioramas -- I.1 History of Dioramas, Claudia Kamcke, Braunschweig, & Rainer Hutterer, Bonn (D) -- I.2 Dioramas as historical documents, Rainer Hutterer, Bonn (D) -- I.3 A window on the world - wildlife dioramas, Pat Morris, Ascot (US) -- I.4 Dioramas as constructs of reality: Art, photography, and the discursive space, Geraldine Howie (UK) -- I.5 James Perry Wilson: Shifting paradigms of natural history diorama painting, Michael Anderson, Yale (US) -- II. Resurrecting and Modern Dioramas -- II.1 Dioramas in Natural History Museum - Tools for nature conservation, John Borg, Mdina (MT) -- II.2 Using technology to deepen and extend visitor’s interaction with dioramas, Mark Loveland, Barbara Buckley & Edys Quellmalz, WestEd (US) -- II.3 Displaying Ecological Landscapes by Dioramas - an example provided by Zhejiang Museum of Natural History, Ximin Kang, Zhejiang (CHN) -- II.4 Conservative restoration and reconstruction of historical Natural History Dioramas, Mareike Munsch, Hartmut Schmiese, Aleksandra Angelov, Gunnar Riedel & Jörn Köhler, Darmstadt (D) -- III. Learning at dioramas -- III.1 Dioramas as important tools in biological education, Sue Dale Tunnicliffe & Annette Scheersoi -- III.2 Catching the visitor’s interest, Annette Scheersoi -- III. 3 Naming and narratives at dioramas, Sue Dale Tunnicliffe -- III.4 The evolution of the narrative at natural history dioramas, Alix Cotumaggio, New York (US) -- III.5 Imaginary places: Museum visitor perceptions of habitat dioramas, Phaedra Livingstone, Oregon (US) -- III.6 Habitat dioramas and sense of place: Factors linked to visitors’ feelings about the natural places portrayed in dioramas, Cecilia Garibay & Eric D. Gyllenhaal, Chicago (US) -- III.7 The Human connection: Enactors and the facilitated diorama experience, Kathleen Tinworth, Denver (US) -- III.8 Storytelling and performance in diorama galleries, Keith Dunmall, Birchington on Sea (UK) -- III.9 The diorama as a means for biodiversity education, Martha Marandino, Sao Paolo (Brazil), Marianne Achiam, Copenhagen (DK) & Adriano Oliveira, Sao Paolo (Brazil) -- III.10 Interpreting through drawings, Edward Mifsud, Malta (MT) -- Conclusion, Michael Reiss, London (UK).
    Anmerkung: Includes bibliographical references at the end of each chapters
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 32
    ISBN: 9783319164113
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XXI, 478 p. 48 illus., 39 illus. in color, online resource)
    Serie: ASTE Series in Science Education
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Druckausg.
    Schlagwort(e): Science Study and teaching ; Sustainable development ; Education ; Education ; Science Study and teaching ; Sustainable development
    Kurzfassung: This volume contains a unique compilation of research and reflections representing multiple vantage points stemming from different parts of the world that can help science educators and teacher educators in finding ways to meaningfully and purposefully embed sustainability into teaching and learning. It is a rich resource for exploring and contextualizing sustainability-oriented science education. At this time we find ourselves in a situation in which the earth’s ecological system is under significant strain as a result of human activity. In the developed world people are asking “How can we maintain our current standard of living?” while those in the developing world are asking “How can we increase the quality of our lives?” all while trying to do what is necessary to mitigate the environmental problems. This volume responds to these questions with a focus on educating for sustainability, including historical and philosophical analyses, and pedagogical and practical applications in the context of science teacher preparation. Included are many examples of ways to educate science teachers for sustainability from authors across the globe. This text argues that issues of sustainability are increasingly important to our natural world, built world, national and international economics, and of course the political world. The ideas presented in the book provide examples for original, effective and necessary changes for envisioning educating science teachers for sustainability that will inform policy makers
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Foreword; References; Preface; References; About This Book; What's in This Book?; References; Acknowledgments; Contents; Part I: Introduction; Chapter 1: Theorizing Sustainability: An Introduction to Science Teacher Education for Sustainability; The Language of Education and Sustainability; Environmental Education and Education for Sustainability; Science Teacher Education for Sustainability; Approaches to Education for Sustainability; Focus on Science Learning; Focus on Education for Sustainability; Education for Sustainability in Informal Settings; Conclusion; References
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Part II: Preparing Science Teachers to Teach for SustainabilityChapter 2: A Phenomenographic Study of Beginning Elementary Science Teachers' Conceptions of Sustainability; Introduction; Research Questions; Research Approach; Methodology; Context and Participants; Data Collection and Analysis; Results; Environmental Attitudes Survey; Draw an Environmental Steward; Draw an Environmental Steward (DES) and Draw Your Idea of Sustainable Development (DAETS) Tests; Comparing the Pre and Post Mind Maps of Participants; Conclusions and Implications; References
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Chapter 3: Sense of Place: Is It More Than a Connection to a Physical Place?Theoretical Framework; Defining Sense of Place; An Evolving Sense of Place Theory; Method; Data Collection; Data Analysis: Phase I; Data Analysis: Phase II; Data Analysis: Phase III; Discussion; Defining Place Consciousness as a Theoretical Framework; Implications for Science Teacher Education Towards Education for Sustainability; References; Chapter 4: Building Sustainability Literacy Among Preservice Teachers: An Initial Evaluation of a Sustainability Course Designed for K-8 Educators; Introduction
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Sustainability Science for Teachers: An Introduction Research Design; Data and Methods; Results; Discussion; Limitations; Future Research; Conclusion; References; Chapter 5: A Fork in the Road: Reclaiming a Conversation on Sustainability for Science Teacher Education in the Anthropocene; Ecojustice Perspectives on Education for Sustainability; Sustainable Education on the Border: The Systems Academy for Young Engineering Scientists; Sustainability Education: Beyond the Boundaries of Traditional Science Teacher Preparation; Sustainability Education on the Backstreet; Conclusion
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: ReferencesChapter 6: Ecology Disrupted: Using Sustainability as a Unifying Principle for an Environmental Science Course; Introduction; Theoretical Framework; Methods; The Two Major Course Themes: The Land Ethic and Ecology Disrupted; Findings: Reporting on Class Outcomes; Part 1: The Land Ethic Connects Societal and Economic Aspects of Daily Life to Ecology; Part II: Applying the Ecology Disrupted Model; Ecology Disrupted Sessions; Evolutionary Underpinnings of Ecology; Students Implement Ecology Disrupted Lessons; Student Reflections on Ecology Disrupted Exercises; Conclusion
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: References
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Foreword: Arjen Wals and Justin DillonPreface: Susan Stratton, Rita Hagevik, Allan Feldman, Mark Bloom -- Section I: Introduction -- Theorizing Sustainability: An Introduction to Science Teacher Education for Sustainability (Allan Feldman) -- Section II: Preparing Science Teachers to Teach for Sustainability -- 2. A Phenomenographical Study of Beginning Elementary Science Teachers' Conceptions of Sustainability (Rita Hagevik, Corinne Jordan, David Wimert) -- 3. Sense of Place: Is it More than a Connection to a Physical Place? (Christine Moseley, Blanche Desjean-Perrotta, & Deepti Kharrod) -- 4. Building Sustainability Literacy Among Preservice Teachers: An Initial Evaluation of Sustainability Course Designed for K-8 Educators (Rider Foley, Leanna Archambault & Annie Warren) -- 5. A Fork in the Road: Reclaiming a Conversation on Sustainability for Science Teacher Education in the Anthropocene (Deborah Tippins, Elizabeth Pate, Stacey Britton, & James Ammons) -- 6. Ecology Disrupted: Using Sustainability as a Unifying Principle for an Environmental Science Course (Yael Wyner) -- 7. Transforming Science Teachers into Scientist Teachers: How Philosophical Perspective Influences Teaching Effectiveness (Daryl Moorhead, Gale Mentzer, & Charlene Czerniak) -- 8. A Learning Progression Approach to Support Climate Sustainability into Teacher Education (Hui Jin, Michele Johnson, & Nissa Rae Yestness) -- Section III: Science Teacher Education for Sustainability in Out-of-school Settings -- 9. Integrating Sustainability into Science Teacher Education through a Focus on Climate Change (Emily Hestness, J. Randy McGinnis, & Wayne Breslyn) -- 10. Preservice Teacher Experiences from the Reorientation of Teacher Education to Address Sustainability (Carlos Ormond, Milton McClaren, David B. Zandvliet, Patrick Robertson, Shannon Leddy, Colin Mayer & Selina Metcalfe) -- 11. Environmental Pedagogical Content Knowledge: A Conceptual Framework for Teacher Knowledge and Development (George Zhou) -- 12. Reorienting a Science Methods Course to Prepare Sustainability Literate K-6 Preservice Teachers: A Mixed Methods Investigation (George O’Brien, Kathleen Sparrow, Jennifer Morales & Jaeson Clayborn) -- 13. Binational Study Abroad: Planning for Sustainably Literate Teachers (Susan Stratton) -- 14. The Bennett’s Millpond Environmental Learning Project: Place-based Education with Student-Teacher Research Teams (Grant Gardner, Colleen Karl, Miriam Ferzli, & Damian Shea) -- 15. Navigating the Environmental Politics of Energy Production: Using Mathematical Modeling as a Tool for Educating Science Teachers for Sustainability (Mark Bloom, Sarah Quebec Fuentes, Molly Holden & Kelly Feille) -- Section IV: International Voices on Science Teacher Education for Sustainability -- 16. Incorporating Sustainability as a Socio-scientific Reality into Science Teacher Education (Marianne Logan & Amy Cutter-Mackenzie) -- 17. A Case Study of an Australian University Embedding EfS in a Preservice Teaching Program (Michelle Lasen, Louisa Tomas, Hillary Whitehouse, Reesa Soren, Neus (Snowy) Evans, & Robert (Bob) Stevenson) -- 18. Some Pathways in Sweden (Ingela Bursjoo) -- 19. Using Local Contexts for Learning: The Caring for Cambodia Approach (Whitney Szmodis, Michael Russell & Alec Bodzin) -- 20. Beyond Science Education: Embedding Sustainability in Teacher Education Systems (Robert (Bob) Stevenson, JoAnne Ferreira, Neus (Snowy) Evans, & Julie Davis) -- 21. Beyond Banking Education: Approaching Uncertainty and Controversial Issues In the Science Classroom (Lynda Dunlop & Eleanor Brown) -- 22. “We Weren’t Taught This Way”. Overcoming Barriers When Transitioning to New Forms of Pedagogy in Teaching Initial Science Teachers for Sustainability (Roger Cutting & Orla Kelly) -- Section V: Conclusion -- 23. Toward a Sustainable Future: The Practice of Science Teacher Education for Sustainability (Susan Stratton, Rita Hagevik, Allan Feldman, Mark Bloom) -- Afterword - Mike Slattery.
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 33
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Cham : Springer International Publishing
    ISBN: 9783319137520
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XIV, 241 p. 13 illus., 7 illus. in color, online resource)
    Serie: Research in Networked Learning
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Druckausg. Critical learning in digital networks
    Schlagwort(e): Education ; Education
    Kurzfassung: This ambitious multidisciplinary volume assembles diverse critical-theory approaches to the current and future states of networked learning. Expert contributors expand upon the existing literature by analyzing the ethical aspects of networked learning and the ongoing need for more open, inclusive, and socially engaged educational practice. Chapters explore in depth evolving concepts of real and virtual, the processes of learning in, against, and beyond the internet, and the role of critical pedagogy in improving social conditions. In all, coverage is both realistic and positive about the potential of digital technologies in higher education as well as social and academic challenges on the horizon. Included among the topics: Counting on use of technology to enhance learning. Decentralized networked learning through online pre-publication. The reality of the online teacher. Moving from urban to virtual spaces and back. The project of a virtual emancipatory pedagogy. Using information technologies in the service of humanity. It is no longer a question of "Can technology enhance learning"--it's a given that it does. Critical Learning in Digital Networks offers education researchers, teacher educators, instructional technologists, and instructional designers tools and methods for strengthening this increasingly vital interconnection
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Part I Introduction.- Critical Learning in Digital NetworksPart II In, Against and Beyond the Network -- Counting On Use of Technology to Enhance Learning -- Free Information: Networked Learning Utopia -- Getting It Out on the Net: Decentralized Networked Learning through Online Pre-Publication -- Part III Virtual Worlds, Networked Realities -- Literally Virtual: The Reality of the Online Teacher -- Virtuality and Fostering Critical Design Thinking -- Moving from Urban to Virtual Spaces and Back -- Part IV Towards a Networked Revolutionary Praxis -- Teacher Heutagogy in the Network Society -- Subversive Epistemologies in Constructing Time and Space in Networked Environments -- The Critical Challenge of Networked Learning.
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 34
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Cham : Springer International Publishing
    ISBN: 9783319094687
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (VIII, 270 p. 23 illus, online resource)
    Serie: The Changing Academy – The Changing Academic Profession in International Comparative Perspective 11
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Druckausg. The changing academic profession in Japan
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): 1992-2007 ; Hochschullehrer ; Qualifikation ; Arbeitsmobilität ; Gleichberechtigung ; Arbeitsbedingungen ; Arbeitszeit ; Japan ; Education, Higher ; Education ; Education ; Education, Higher ; Education ; Education, Higher ; Japan ; Akademiker ; Wandel
    Kurzfassung: This volume provides an empirical and qualitative analysis of the nature and extent of the Japanese academic profession, with a special focus on the changes that occurred in the period between 1992 and 2007. Based on responses to two comprehensive surveys administered to faculty samples with a similar questionnaire, the book presents key aspects of the academic activities and views of Japanese faculty members. Divided into five sections, the book describes the changing social, economic and educational environment, academic organization and life, productivity, as well as the effects of the profession on society. The last section describes the Japanese academic profession as observed from the USA and Asia. In addition to its focus on empirical analysis, the book makes use of historical and comparative perspectives to explore the various aspects of the changes that have occurred in the academic profession in this non-English-speaking country
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: PrefacePrologue:  The Changing Academic Profession in Japan: its past and present. Akira Arimoto -- 1. Higher Education Policy and Academic Profession. Yoshimasa Kano -- 2. Mobility. Atsunori Yamanoi -- 3. Academic Funding and Allocation of Research Money. Akihiro Asonuma -- 4. Changes in University Teachers’ View towards Students: Impact of Universalization. Naoyuki Ogata.­- 5. Gender Bias: what has changed for Female Academics? Naomi Kimoto -- 6. Governance, Administration and Management. Masashi Fujimura -- 7. Labor Conditions. Hirotaka Nanbu and Tomomi Amano. 8. Working Time and Personal Strain. Yusuke Hasegawa --  9. Research Productivity: Tsukasa Daizen -- 10. Teaching and Research in the Academic Profession: Nexus and Conflict. Hideto Fukudome -- 11. Academic Profession and Evaluation.  Masataka Murasawa -- 12. Internationalization.  Futao Huang --  13. Higher Education and Society. Hirotoshi Yamasaki. 14. The Academic Profession: A Comparison between Japan and Germany. Ulrich Teichler -- 15. The Invisible Academy: A U.S. Perspective on The Japanese Academic Profession. William K. Cummings -- 16. Similar but Different Worlds: A Korean Perspective on The Japanese Academic Profession. Jung C. Shin -- Epilogue Perspective of the Academic Profession. Akira Arimoto.
    Anmerkung: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 35
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Cham : Springer International Publishing
    ISBN: 9783319019345
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (X, 249 p. 9 illus., 6 illus. in color, online resource)
    Serie: Research in Networked Learning
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Druckausg.
    Schlagwort(e): Education ; Education
    Kurzfassung: This single-authored volume presents technical, academic, and societal context for networked learning across educational settings. It lays the necessary groundwork by differentiating networked learning from related concepts such as e-learning and technology-enhanced learning, and situating technological progress within the larger context of social change. From there, the most salient questions relating to infrastructures and institutions are analyzed, including challenges for the university, the role of affordance in digital educational design, whether networked learning has (or needs) its own pedagogy, and the wider political implications of networked learning. This synthesis transforms a wide-ranging and seemingly scattered multidisciplinary field into a cohesive, accessible, and operable whole. Featured among the topics: · Theories of learning in a digital age. · The significance of networked theories for networked learning. · Openness, open educational resources, and the university. · Cloud computing and hybrid infrastructures. · Pedagogy and the scholarship of teaching and learning. · Relationships between technology use in society and in education. Given its balance of theoretical and practical information and present-day and future-based insights, Networked Learning has considerable value for education researchers, educational technology researchers, teachers, policymakers, and students
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Technology, learning and social lifeThe age of digital networks -- Theories of learning in a digital age -- A network of learning theories -- An ecology of actors and actants in digital networks -- The institutions: the university -- The infrastructures -- The academic -- The Learner -- The future of networked learning.
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 36
    ISBN: 9789401799508
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XVII, 134 p. 14 illus, online resource)
    Serie: SpringerBriefs in Education
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Druckausg.
    Schlagwort(e): Educational psychology ; Education ; Education ; Educational psychology
    Kurzfassung: This book reports an in-depth case study and the student teaching experience of four preservice teachers during practical and clinical experiences in classroom in an urban community in New York. It examines the associations between preservice teachers’ self-regulatory skills and motivational beliefs and their clinical experience both in the college training classroom and in the school settings. The experiences of the students are examined from the perspective of social cognitive theory and self-regulation theory. The authors present a concise summary of an in-depth case study with practical applications across a wide spectrum of fields. They also summarize and give an overview of theories, issues, core concepts related to the self-regulatory experience and motivation of the four case studies. In an effective blend of theory and case histories, Bembenutty, White, and Vélez provide valuable information and advice for prospective teachers and teacher educators. Their focus on help seeking is critical given the array of resources available to overcome early difficulties especially for teachers with significant challenges. Also important is helping them understand the role of delay of gratification in the face of expanding sources of distraction. Stuart A. Karabenick, Research Professor, University of Michigan This book builds a really strong case for the importance of self-regulation in teacher education. Moreover, it tells a fascinating story of educational success against the odds, made possible by personal stamina as well as contextual support. Both teacher students and teacher educators around the world will find this book a wonderful inspiration. Ivar Bråten, Professor, University of Oslo, Norway This is a practical book which provides a compelling narrative with page after page on teacher self-regulatory functioning. I recommend this book for teacher preparation programs, and I will definitely share it with many of my students and colleagues. Anastasia Kitsantas, Professor, George Mason University
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: About the AuthorPreface -- Chapter 1. Introduction: The Case Study -- Chapter 2. SELF-regulated Learning and Development in Teacher Preparation Training -- Chapter 3. Objectives and Methods -- Chapter 4. School Observations & Classroom Experience -- Chapter 5. Survey: Motivation and Self-regulation -- Chapter 6. Student Teaching Interview -- Chapter 7. Putting it all together: What really matters? -- Appendixes.
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 37
    ISBN: 9783319165431
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XVI, 299 p. 11 illus, online resource)
    Ausgabe: 1st ed. 2015
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Druckausg. The Future in Learning Science: What’s in it for the Learner?
    Schlagwort(e): Science Study and teaching ; Education ; Education ; Science Study and teaching
    Kurzfassung: This volume considers the future of science learning - what is being learned and how it is being learned - in formal and informal contexts for science education. To do this, the book explores major contemporary shifts in the forms of science that could or should be learned in the next 20 years, what forms of learning of that science should occur, and how that learning happens, including from the perspective of learners. In particular, this volume addresses shifts in the forms of science that are researched and taught post-school - emerging sciences, new sciences that are new integrations, “futures science”, and increases in the complexity and multidisciplinarity of science, including a multidisciplinarity that embraces ways of knowing beyond science. A central aspect of this in terms of the future of learning science is the urgent need to engage students, including their non-cognitive, affective dimensions, both for an educated citizenry and for a productive response to the ubiquitous concerns about future demand for science-based professionals. Another central issue is the actual impact of ICT on science learning and teaching, including shifts in how students use mobile technology to learn science
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: The Future in Learning Science: Themes, Issues and Big Ideas. Cathy Buntting, Richard Gunstone, Deborah Corrigan, Justin Dillon and Alister JonesLearning for a Better World: Futures in Science Education, Michael Reiss -- Connoisseurs of Science: A Next Goal for Science Education? Peter Fensham -- When Science Changes: The Impact of ICTs on Preparing Students for Science Outside of School , Marie-Claire Shanahan -- Forms of learning in senior secondary science as represented through an integrated curriculum, May Cheng -- Pursuing different forms of science learning through innovative curriculum implementation, Greg Lancaster, Debra Panizzon and Deborah Corrigan -- Reconceptualising the Learning and Teaching of Scientific Concepts, Colette Murphy -- Making Science beyond the Classroom Accessible to Students, Léonie Rennie -- Children Learning Science in and for a Participatory Culture, Bronwen Cowie and Elaine Khoo -- The Elephant in the Room: Emotional Literacy/Intelligence, Science Education, and Gender, Brian Matthews -- Initiatives to Prepare New Science Teachers for Promoting Student Engagement, Shirley Simon and Paul Davies -- Futures Thinking in the Future of Science Education, Cathy Buntting and Alister Jones -- Revealing Questions: What are Learners Asking About? Amy Seakins -- The Potential of Digital Technology for Science Learning and Teaching-The Learners’ Perspective, Neil Selwyn and Rebecca Cooper -- Facilitating Change in Science Teachers’ Perceptions about Learning and Teaching, John Loughran and Kathy Smith.
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 38
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Cham : Springer International Publishing
    ISBN: 9783319001524
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (X, 311 p. 33 illus., 28 illus. in color, online resource)
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Druckausg. Media Rich Instruction
    Schlagwort(e): Mathematics ; Education ; Education ; Mathematics
    Kurzfassung: E-learning has brought an enormous change to instruction, in terms of both rules and tools. Contemporary education requires diverse and creative uses of media technology to keep students engaged and to keep up with rapid developments in the ways they learn and teachers teach. Media Rich Instruction addresses these requirements with up-to-date learning theory and practices that incorporate innovative platforms for information delivery into traditional areas such as learning skills and learner characteristics. Experts in media rich classroom experiences and online instruction delve into the latest findings on student cognitive processes and motivation to learn while offering multimedia classroom strategies geared to specific curriculum areas. Advances such as personal learning environments, gamification, and the Massive Open Online Course are analyzed in the context of their potential for collaborative and transformative learning. And each chapter features key questions and application activities to make coverage especially practical across grade levels and learner populations. Among the topics included: Building successful learning experiences online. Language and literacy, reading and writing. Mathematics teaching and learning with and through education technology. Learning science through experiment and practice. Social studies teaching for learner engagement. The arts and Technology. Connecting school to community. At a time when many are pondering the future of academic standards and student capacity to learn, Media Rich Instruction is a unique source of concrete knowledge and useful ideas for current and future researchers and practitioners in media rich instructional strategies and practices
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: IntroductionI. 21st Century Learning Environments for the Learner -- Transitions in Teaching and eLearning -- Motivation to Learn and Achievement -- Personal Learning Environments and Self-Regulated Learning -- Building Successful Student Learning Experiences Online -- II. Curriculum for eLearners -- Language and Literacy -- Reading and Writing -- Points of Intersection: Mathematics Teaching and Learning with and through Education Technology -- Science: Learning through Experimentation and Practice -- Creative Connections: Technology and the Arts -- Social Studies Teaching for Learners who Engage -- Comprehensive Assessment Planning: Developing and Managing Multiple Types of Assessments -- III. Dynamic e-Instructional Strategies -- On-line Collaboration & Social Networking -- Gamification for Learning -- Gaming -- Collaborative Learning -- Google Sites & Oral History Projects: Connecting School to Community -- Mobile learning and Mobile Social Interaction -- MOOCs.
    Anmerkung: Includes index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 39
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Cham : Springer International Publishing
    ISBN: 9783319160801
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XIII, 328 p. 21 illus., 4 illus. in color, online resource)
    Serie: The Changing Academy – The Changing Academic Profession in International Comparative Perspective 14
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Druckausg. Forming, recruiting and managing the academic profession
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Education, Higher ; Education ; Education ; Education, Higher ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Hochschulbildung ; Internationaler Vergleich ; Hochschulbildung ; Internationaler Vergleich
    Kurzfassung: This book focuses on the changes in academic careers and their implications for job attachment and the management of academic work. Against the background of an ageing profession, with different demands on academic staff, increasing insecurity, accountability and internationalisation, it discusses important, common themes in detail. This book examines such aspects as the nature of academic careers and recent changes in careers, changing biographies, rewards of academic work such as income and job satisfaction, internationalisation of the academy, and the organisation and management of academic work sites. This book is the second of two books highlighting findings from research on the academic profession, notably, the Changing Academic Profession Study and the European project supported by the European Science Foundation on changes in the academic profession in Europe (EUROAC). An adapted version of the CAP questionnaire has been used to carry out the survey in those countries that had not been involved before in the CAP survey. Altogether 19 countries are covered by the CAP project and an additional seven European countries are covered by EUROAC
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: About the AuthorsIntroduction -- Forming, Recruiting and Managing the Academic Profession - A Varied Scene. Ulrich Teichler and William K. Cummings -- 1. The Academic Profession and its Changing  Environments. Jung Cheol Shin -- 2. Changing Biographies and Careers of Academics. Jesús Francisco Galaz-Fontes, Amy Scott Metcalfe -- 3. What Academics Want from their Professors: Findings from a Study of Professorial Academic Leadership in the UK. Linda Evans -- 4. The Rise of Third Space Professionals: Paradoxes and Dilemmas. Celia Whitchurch -- 5. The Influence of New Higher Education Professionals on Academic Work. Barbara M. Kehm -- 6. Work Jurisdiction of New Higher Education Professionals . Christian Schneijderberg -- 7. Recruitment of Academics in Switzerland: e pluribus unum? Tatiana Fumasoli and Gaële Goastellec -- 8. An Empirical Study on Impact Factors of Faculty: Remuneration across 18 Higher Education Systems. Hong Shen and Junfeng Xiong -- 9. Academic Job Satisfaction from an International Comparative Perspective: Factors Associated with Satisfaction across the CAP Countries. Peter Bentley, Hamish Coates, Ian Dobson, Leo Goedegebuure and Lynn Meek -- 10. Academics under Pressure: Fear and Loathing in Finnish Universities?  Timo Aarrevaara and Ian R. Dobson -- 11. Intention to Leave Academia and Job Satisfaction among Faculty Members: An Exploration Based on the International CAP Survey. Laura Padilla-González, Jesús Francisco Galaz-Fontes -- 12. International Aspects of Academic Work and Career at the Beginning of the 21st Century. Michele Rostan -- 13. The Internationalization of the Academy in East Asia. Futao Huang -- 14. Perspectives on Professional Development: The Voice of Irish Academics. Maria Slowey and Ekaterina Kozina -- 15. Increasing the Attractiveness of the Academic Profession: A Challenge for Management. Hamish Coates, Leo Goedegebuure and V. Lynn Meek -- 16. How National Contexts Shape Academic Careers: A Preliminary Analysis. Martin J. Finkelstein.
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 40
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401771917
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XI, 249 p, online resource)
    Ausgabe: 1st ed. 2015
    Serie: Contemporary Philosophies and Theories in Education 8
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Druckausg.
    Schlagwort(e): Arts ; Education ; Education ; Education Philosophy ; Arts
    Kurzfassung: This volume examines the interface between the teachings of art and the art of teaching, and asserts the centrality of aesthetics for rethinking education. Many of the essays in this collection claim a direct connection between critical thinking, democratic dissensus, and anti-racist pedagogy with aesthetic experiences. They argue that aesthetics should be reconceptualized less as mere art appreciation or the cultivation of aesthetic judgment of taste, and more with the affective disruptions, phenomenological experiences, and the democratic politics of learning, thinking, and teaching. The first set of essays in the volume examines the unique pedagogies of the various arts including literature, poetry, film, and music. The second set addresses questions concerning the art of pedagogy and the relationship between aesthetic experience and teaching and learning. Demonstrating the flexibility and diversity of aesthetic expressions and experiences in education, the book deals with issues such as the connections between racism and affect, curatorship and teaching, aesthetic experience and the common, and studying and poetics. The book explores these topics through a variety of theoretical and philosophical lenses including contemporary post-structuralism, psychoanalysis, phenomenology, critical theory, and pragmatism.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Introduction; Tyson E. Lewis and Megan J. LavertyPART I: ART’S TEACHINGS -- 1. Art’s Foreignness as an “Exit Pedagogy”; John Baldacchino -- 2. A Poietic Force that Belongs to No One: Reflections on Art and Education from an Agambenian Perspective; Joris Vlieghe -- 3. Opening Minds Through Narrative; Susan Verducci -- 4. An Organism of Words: Ekphrastic Poetry and the Pedagogy of Perception; Anne Keefe -- 5. Rosetta’s Moral Body: Modernist Lessons from Dardennes; René V. Arcilla -- 6. A Note on Scandals: The Role of Filmic Fantasy in Reproducing Teaching Ideals and Transgressions; James Stillwaggon and David Jelinek -- 7. Cinematic Screen Pedagogy in a Time of Modulated Control: To Think the Outside; Jan Jagodzinski -- 8. Music as an Apprenticeship for Life: John Dewey on the Art of Living; Megan J. Laverty -- 9. Aesthetics and Educational Value Struggles; Alexander J. Means -- 10. The Primacy of Movement in Research-Creation: New Materialist Approaches to Art Research and Pedagogy; Sarah Truman and Stephanie Springgay -- PART II: TEACHING’ ARTS -- 11. Suspending the Ontology of Effectiveness in Education: Reclaiming the Theatrical Gestures of the Ineffective Teacher; Tyson E. Lewis -- 12. Learning by Jamming; Eduardo Duarte -- 13. The Blue Soul of Jazz: Lessons on Waves of Anguish; Samuel Rocha -- 14. Funny Vibe: Towards a Somaesthetic Approach to Anti-Racist Education; David A. Granger -- 15. Toward a Curatorial Turn in Education; Claudia Ruitenberg.  .
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 41
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401793346
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XV, 386 p. 39 illus, online resource)
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Druckausg.
    Schlagwort(e): Mathematics Study and teaching ; Education ; Education ; Mathematics
    Kurzfassung: This study provides a historical analysis of Freudenthal’s didactic ideas and his didactic career. It is partly biographical, but also contributes to the historiography of mathematics education and addresses closely related questions such as: what is mathematics and where does it start? Which role does mathematics play in society and what influence does it have on the prevailing views concerning its accompanying didactics? Hans Freudenthal (1905-1990), professor in mathematics, scientist, literator, but above all mathematics-educator, was inextricably linked to the changes which took place in mathematics education and didactics during the second half of the last century. His diversity as a scientist and his inexhaustible efforts to establish the didactics of mathematics as a seriously pursued science, made Freudenthal's influence in this area considerable. He foresaw an essential, practical role for mathematics in everyone’s life, encouraging students to discover and create mathematics themselves, instead of imposing a ready-made mathematical system. The theory of mathematics education thus developed in the Netherlands would gain world fame in the following decades. Today, in the light of the discussions about mathematics education, in which the call for `genuine’ mathematics instead of the so-called 'kindergarten'-mathematics can be heard, Freudenthal's approach seems to be passé. However, the outcome of this study (which is mainly based on documents from Freudenthal’s vast personal archive) shows a more refined picture. The direct identification of 'kindergarten'-mathematics with Freudenthal’s view on mathematics education is not justified. 'Realistic mathematics' as advocated by Freudenthal includes more than just a practical introductory and should, among other things, always aim at teaching 'genuine' mathematics in the end
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Financing Statement; Acknowledgements; Contents; List of Abbreviations; Chapter-1; Introduction; A way to master this world; 1.1 Didactics of Mathematics and Hans Freudenthal: Definition of the Problem and Phrasing of the Question; 1.2 Don Quixote: The Freudenthal Myth?; 1.3 Research Method: The Use of Freudenthal's Personal Archive; 1.4 The Nature of the Study and the Historiography; 1.5 The Structure of This Book; References; Chapter-2; Mathematics Education in Secondary Schools and Didactics of Mathematics in the Period Between the Two World Wars
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 2.1 Secondary Education in the Period Between the Two World Wars2.1.1 The Origin of the School Types in Secondary Education; 2.1.2 Some School Types; 2.1.2.1 The HBS; 2.1.2.2 The Gymnasium; 2.1.2.3 The MMS; 2.1.2.4 The Lyceum; 2.1.3 The Competition between HBS and Gymnasium; 2.2 Discussions on the Mathematics Education at the VHMO; 2.2.1 The Initial Geometry Education and the Foundation of the Journal Euclides; 2.2.2 The Beth Committee and the Introduction of Differential and Integral Calculus; 2.2.3 The Controversy About Mechanics; 2.2.4 Educating the Mathematics Teacher
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 2.2.5 New Insights and the Wiskunde Werkgroep (Mathematics Working Group)References; Chapter-3; Hans Freudenthal-A Sketch; 3.1 Hans Freudenthal-An Impression; 3.2 Luckenwalde; 3.3 Berlin; 3.4 Amsterdam; 3.5 Utrecht; References; Chapter-4; Didactics of Arithmetic; 4.1 Dating of 'Rekendidaktiek'; 4.2 Cause and Intention; 4.3 Teaching of Arithmetic in Primary Schools; 4.4 Freudenthal's 'Rekendidaktiek': The Content; 4.4.1 Preface; 4.4.2 Auxiliary Sciences; 4.4.3 Aim and Use of Teaching of Arithmetic; 4.5 'Rekendidaktiek' ('Didactics of Arithmetic'): AllPositive Action Starts with Criticism
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: ReferencesChapter-5; A New Start; 5.1 Educating; 5.1.1 Educating at Home; 5.1.2 'Our Task as Present-Day Educators'; 5.1.3 'Education for Thinking'; 5.1.4 'Educating' in De Groene Amsterdammer; 5.1.5 'The Cooperative Task of the Educator in Forming a Person'; 5.1.6 Education: A Summary; 5.2 Higher Education; 5.2.1 Studium Generale; 5.2.2 The Teachers Training; 5.2.3 Student Wage; 5.2.4 Higher Education: A Ramshackle Parthenon or a House in Order?; 5.3 The Wiskunde Werkgroep (Mathematics Working Group); 5.3.1 Activities of the Wiskunde Werkgroep
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 5.3.2 'The Algebraic and Analytical view on the Number Concept in Elementary Mathematics'5.3.3 'Mathematics for Non-Mathematical Studies'; 5.3.4 Freudenthal's Mathematical Working Group; References; Chapter-6; From Critical Outsider to True Authority; 6.1 Mathematics Education and the Education of the Intellectual Capacity; 6.2 A Body Under the Floorboards: The Mechanics Education; 6.3 Preparations for a New Curriculum; 6.4 Probability Theory and Statistics: A Text Book; 6.5 Paedagogums, Paeda Magicians and Scientists: The Teacher Training; 6.6 Freudenthal Internationally; References
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Chapter-7
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: AcknowledgementsChapter 1: Introduction - "A way to master this world’’ -- Chapter 2: Mathematics education in secondary schools and didactics of mathematics in the period between the two World Wars -- 2.1: Secondary Education in the period between the two world wars -- 2.1.1: The origination of the school types in secondary education -- 2.1.2: Some school types -- 2.1.3: The competition between HBS and Gymnasium -- 2.2: Discussions on the mathematics education at the VHMO -- 2.2.1: The initial geometry education and the foundation of journal Euclides -- 2.2.2: The Beth committee and the introduction of differential and integral calculus -- 2.2.3: The controversy about mechanics -- 2.2.4: Educating the mathematics teacher -- 2.2.5: New insights and the Wiskunde Werkgroep (Mathematics Working Group) -- Chapter 3: Hans Freudenthal - a sketch -- 3.1: Hans Freudenthal - an impression -- 3.2: Luckenwalde -- 3.3: Berlin -- 3.4: Amsterdam -- 3.5: Utrecht -- Chapter 4: Didactics of arithmetic -- 4.1: Dating of `Rekendidactiek’ -- 4.2: Cause and intention -- 4.3: Teaching of arithmetic in primary schools -- 4.4: Freudenthal’s `Rekendidactiek’: the content -- 4.4.1: Preface -- 4.4.2: Auxiliary sciences -- 4.4.3: Aim and use of teaching of arithmetic -- 4.5: `Rekendidactiek’ ‘Didactics of arithmetic’): every positive action starts with criticism -- Chapter 5: A new start -- 5.1: Educating -- 5.1.1: Educating at home -- 5.1.2: `Our task as present-day educators’ -- 5.1.3: `Education for thinking’.-5.1.4: `Educating’ in De Groene Amsterdammer -- 5.1.5: Education: a summary -- 5.2: Higher Education -- 5.2.1: Studium Generale -- 5.2.2: The teachers training -- 5.2.3: Student wage -- 5.2.4: Higher education: a ramshackle parthenon or a house in order? -- 5.3: The Wiskunde Werkgroep (the Mathematics Study Group) -- 5.3.1: Activities of the Wiskunde Werkgroep -- 5.3.2: `The algebraic and analytical view on the number concept in elementary mathematics’ -- 5.3.3: `Mathematics for non-mathematical studies’ -- 5.3.4: Freudenthal’s mathematical working group -- Chapter 6: From critical outsider to true authority -- 6.1: Mathematics education and the education of the intellectual capacity -- 6.2: A body under the floor boards: the mechanics education -- 6.3: Preparations for a new curriculum -- 6.4: Probability theory and statistics: a text book.-6.5: Paedagogums, paeda magicians and scientists: the teacher training -- 6.6: Freudenthal internationally -- Chapter 7: Freudenthal and the Van Hieles’ level theory. A learning process.-7.1: Introduction: a special PhD project -- 7.2: Freudenthal as supervisor -- 7.3: `Problems of insight’: Van Hiele’s level theory -- 7.4: Freudenthal and the theory of the Van Hieles: from `level theory’ to `guided re-invention’ -- 7.5: Analysis of a learning process: reflection on reflection -- 7.6: To conclude -- Chapter 8: Method versus content. New Math and the modernization of mathematics education -- 8.1: Introduction: time for modernization -- 8.2: New Math -- 8.2.1: The gap between modern mathematics and mathematics education -- 8.2.2: Modernization of the mathematics education in the Unites States -- 8.3: Royaumont: a bridge club with unforeseen consequences -- 8.3.1: Freudenthal in `the group of experts’ -- 8.3.2: Royaumont without Freudenthal: the launch of New Math -- 8.4: Freudenthal on modern mathematics and its meaning for mathematics education -- 8.4.1: The nature of modern mathematics -- 8.4.2: Modern mathematics for the public at large -- 8.4.3: The mathematician "in der Unterhose auf der Strasse" ("in his underpants on the street") -- 8.4.4: Fairy tales and dead ends -- 8.4.5: Modern mathematics as the solution? -- 8.5: Modernization of mathematics education in the Netherlands -- 8.5.1: Initiatives inside and outside of the Netherlands -- 8.5.2: Freudenthal: from WW to ‘cooperate with a view to adjust’ -- 8.5.3: The Commissie Modernisering Leerplan Wiskunde -- 8.5.4: A professional development programme for teachers -- 8.5.5: A new curriculum -- 8.6: Geometry education -- 8.6.1: Freudenthal and geometry education -- 8.6.2: Freudenthal on the initial geometry education: try it and see -- 8.6.3: Axiomatizing instead of axiomatics - but not in geometry -- 8.6.4: Modern geometry in the education according to Freudenthal -- 8.7: Logic -- 8.7.1: ``Exact logic’’ -- 8.7.2: The application of modern logic in education -- 8.8: Freudenthal and New Math: conclusion -- 8.8.1: A lonely opponent of New Math? -- 8.8.2: Cooperate in order to adjust -- 8.8.3: Knowledge as a weapon in the struggle for a better mathematics education -- 8.8.4: Freudenthal about the aim of mathematics education -- Chapter 9: Here’s how Freudenthal saw it -- 9.1: Introduction: changes in the scene of action -- 9.2: Educational Studies in Mathematics -- 9.2.1: Not exactly bursting with enthusiasm: the launch -- 9.2.2: Freudenthal as guardian of the level -- 9.3: The Institute for the Development of Mathematics Education -- 9.3.1: From CMLW to IOWO -- 9.3.2: Freudenthal and the IOWO -- 9.4: Exploring the world from the paving bricks to the moon -- 9.4.1: Observations as a father in `Rekendidactiek’ -- 9.4.2: Observing as a grandfather: walking with the grand-children -- 9.4.3: Granddad Hans: a critical comment -- 9.4.4: Walking on the railway track: the mathematics of a three-year old -- 9.4.5: Observing and the IOWO -- 9.5: Observations as a source -- 9.5.1: Professor or senile grandfather? -- 9.5.2: The paradigm: the ultimate example -- 9.5.3: Here is how Freudenthal saw it: concept of number and didactical phenomenology -- 9.5.4: The right to sound mathematics for all -- 9.6: Enfant terrible -- 9.6.1: Weeding -- 9.6.2: Drumming on empty barrels -- 9.6.3: Freudenthal on Piaget: admiration and merciless criticism -- 9.7: The task for the future -- Chapter 10: Epilogue - We have come full circle.
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 42
    ISBN: 9789401795029
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (IX, 189 p. 8 illus. in color, online resource)
    Serie: Professional and Practice-based Learning 10
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Druckausg.
    Schlagwort(e): Education, Higher ; Education ; Education ; Education, Higher
    Kurzfassung: This book discusses and elaborates on how practice-based pedagogy can effectively co-exist with the practices and interests of academia. In doing so, it lays bare the tensions between learning in workplace practices and the cultures that contribute to the complex relationships required for successful implementation in higher education. It does so in an attempt to resolve an approach within which university students may enjoy the learning inherent in the practice of work whilst pursuing robust higher education qualifications. The contributions here variously explore the epistemologies, structures, politics, histories and rituals that both support and constrain opportunity and success in students’ experiences. They illuminate the issues, practices and factors that shape the processes and outcome of educational efforts to integrate experiences in both practice and educational settings, each of which has their own distinct cultures, practice within their communities
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Series Editors' Foreword; Contents; Contributors; Chapter-1; Practice-Based Learning in Higher Education: Jostling Cultures; Practice-Based Learning and Higher Education; The Provision of Practice-Based Experiences in Higher Education; Negotiating Amongst and Jostling Cultures; Transforming Institutional and Teacher Practices; Contributions to These Arguments; References; Chapter-2; The Practices of Using and Integrating Practice-Based Learning in Higher Education; Practice Based Experiences and Higher Education; The Learning of Occupations Within Practice Settings
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Constituting Effective Educational Provisions and PracticesTowards an Effective Integration of Practice Experiences; Providing Practice-Based Experiences; Pedagogic Practices for Integrating Practice Experiences Within Higher Education Courses; The Practices of Practice-Based Education; References; Chapter-3; Knowledge Claims and Values in Higher Education; Practice-Based Learning and Epistemological Difference; Knowledge Claims in the 'Practice Turn'; Traditions, Disciplines and Dissonance; Knowledge Claims and Confluence; Conclusions; References; Chapter-4
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Developing Critical Moral Agency Through Workplace EngagementPower, Agency and Learning in the Workplace; The Agency of the Emerging Professional; An Exploration of Moral Agency in Engineering and Science Students; Evolving Agentic Practice; Educating for Critical Moral Agency; Conclusion; References; Chapter-5; Standards and Standardization; Introduction; Critical discourse analysis; Standards and standardization ; The Benefits and Challenges of Standardization; A critique of the standards; Addressing the Questions; Embracing the opportunities ; Summary; Reference; Chapter-6
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Professional Standards in Curriculum Design: A Socio-Technical Analysis of Nursing Competency StandardsIntroduction; Literature Review; Professional Standards Can Work as a Boundary Object; Curriculum Design as Translation Work ; Legitimation of Nursing Knowledge Through Assemblages of Competence: A Theory-Methods Package; Discussion; Limitations; Conclusion; References; Chapter-7; The Role of Epistemology in Practice-Based Learning: The Case of Artifacts; The Artefact, the Discipline, the Academic and the Institution; Why Bourdieu and de Certeau? ; Field, Capital and Habitus; Field; Habitus
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: (Habitus X Capital) + Field = PracticeDe Certeau and Practice; Negotiating Fields and Habitus in Pursuit of Excellent Practice; References; Chapter-8; E-learning as Organizing Practice in Higher Education; Introduction; Education as Organization and Practice; Practice, Technology and Organizing Education; E-learning Practice and Organizing in Higher Education ; The Brazilian E-Learning Models in Higher Education; Analysing E-learning Models in Higher Education as Organizing Practices by Brazilian Experience; Learning the E-learning "Times" ; The Necessity of Planning
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: The Learning of VLE Logic and Functioning
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 43
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Cham : Springer International Publishing
    ISBN: 9783319105482
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XXIII, 269 p. 18 illus, online resource)
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Druckausg.
    Schlagwort(e): Adult education ; Education ; Education ; Adult education
    Kurzfassung: This book illustrates the meaning and scope of lifelong learning and different types of poverty reduction programs prevalent generally in the African context and particularly in selected communities in Botswana. Lifelong learning is important for all stakeholders in poverty reduction to develop a better understanding of the scope and extent of poverty so that they can make informed decisions on best ways of tackling poverty. The book succinctly showcases community development and engagement initiatives and experiences from selected African universities and how the interaction of the universities and their respective communities resulted in a major transformation in the lives of poor families through exposure to some engagement strategies that effectively gave them a better future in their fight against poverty. This book develops in the reader a better understanding of the dynamics and dilemma of poverty and its negative effects on individuals and communities. But it answers the plight of the poor by equipping them with effective and practical tools to transform their lives and take full control of their destiny. · Provides a conceptual understanding of lifelong learning · Describes practical aspects and indicators of poverty and how it requires tackling through a multi-sectoral approach · Focuses on poverty reduction in all fronts, including development of an entrepreneurship mind-set
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: PART ONE: Lifelong learningChapter One: Lifelong Learning: Meaning and Scope:  Julia Preece -- Chapter Two: Poverty and community engagement: Wapula Raditloaneng.-Chapter  Three: Botswana’s national poverty eradication policy and strategies: Wapula Raditloaneng -- Chapter  Four: Lifelong learning  for entrepreneurship development training: Morgan Chawawa -- PART TWO: The human dimensions of poverty -- Chapter Five:  Entrepreneurship Learning and small business management skills: Morgan Chawawa -- Chapter Six: The human environment and sustainable environmental education: Wapula Raditloaneng -- Chapter Seven: Fighting poverty within the San Community: Morgan Chawawa -- Chapter Eight: Developing San women’s business, governance and management skills in the Arts and Craft Project -- Chapter Nine: Reducing poverty through  inventive entrepreneurship skills -- Chapter Ten: The Kellogg Foundation Guidelines on Community Development --  PART THREE: University community development and engagement -- Chapter Eleven: Selected African universities community engagement work for poverty reduction: Wapula Raditloaneng -- Chapter Twelve: Capacity building for sustainable development in D’kar community: Wapula Raditloaneng and Morgan Chawawa -- Chapter Thirteen: Building partnerships for sustainable community development: Wapula Raditloaneng and Morgan Chawawa -- Chapter Fourteen: Epilogue: Lifelong Learning for development in Botswana and Africa: Wapula Raditloaneng and Morgan Chawawa.
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 44
    ISBN: 9783319126739
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XIX, 371 p. 52 illus., 39 illus. in color, online resource)
    Serie: Knowledge Studies in Higher Education 2
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Druckausg.
    Schlagwort(e): Education, Higher ; Education ; Education ; Education, Higher
    Kurzfassung: This book discusses mass higher education development in East Asian countries by means of three main issues: the strategy for higher education development; the way professors and students in the region are experiencing the rapid developments; and the challenges imposed by mass higher education. These challenges include the quality of education as well as structural changes in the rapidly developing systems, funding sources for supporting mass higher education, and job markets for college graduates. "… This is by far the best book so far produced on the building of higher education in Asia and brings forward our understanding of issues and problems everywhere of rapid educational growth, the economic costs and contributions of education, capacity building in the academic profession and science, and lifting quality…" - Simon Marginson, Professor of Higher Education, Institute of Education, University College London and Joint Editor-in-Chief of the journal Higher Education “Higher education is the new ‘coin of the realm.’… This book outlines what is happening in a key region of the world. The authors are at the ‘top of their game’ and able to offer us breaking trends with trenchant analysis.” - William G. Tierney, University Professor & Co-director, Pullias Center for Higher Education, University of Southern California "… East Asia came to the "mass revolution" after North America and Europe, but has been deeply affected by it. This book provides an excellent multidimensional analysis of the key elements of massification as they affect this key region." - Philip G. Altbach, Research Professor and Director, Center for International Higher Education, Boston College. “Mass Higher Education Development in East Asia is a well-researched book, bringing together an impressive group of renowned academics from the East and the West who offer a balanced assessment of the achievements and challenges in East Asian higher education…” - Jamil Salmi, Global Tertiary Education Expert, former World Bank Tertiary Education Coordinator
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Preface; Acknowledgement; Contents; About the Authors; Chapter 1: Mass Higher Education and Its Challenges for Rapidly Growing East Asian Higher Education; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Historical and Theoretical Understanding of Mass Higher Education; 1.2.1 Modern Society and Education; 1.2.2 Sociological Discourses; 1.2.3 East Asian Higher Education Development and Confucianism; 1.3 Political Economy and Mass Higher Education; 1.3.1 Social Welfare, Market, and Confucian Systems; 1.3.2 Economic Production and Mass Higher Education; 1.4 Challenges for Contemporary Mass Higher Education
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1.4.1 The Decoupling of Teaching and Research1.5 Quality of Education; 1.6 Privatization and Cost Sharing; 1.7 Managerialism and Academic Freedom; 1.8 Over-Education and Unemployment; 1.9 Conclusion: The Future of the Post-massified Higher Education; References; Part I: National Strategy for Mass Higher Education; Chapter 2: Higher Education Development in Japan; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Key Definitions and Terms; 2.2.1 Higher Education; 2.2.2 Enrollment in Higher Education; 2.2.3 Post-massification of Higher Education; 2.3 Changes in Overall Enrollment; 2.3.1 Changes in Enrollment by Discipline
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 2.3.2 Growth of Female Student Numbers2.4 Expansion in Higher Education Institutions; 2.4.1 Number of Students per Full-Time Faculty; 2.4.2 Changes in Operating Expenditure per Student; 2.5 Concluding Remarks; References; Chapter 3: Higher Education Development in Korea: Accomplishments and Challenges; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Higher Education Development in Korea; 3.3 Western University Ideas, Confucian Tradition, and Economic Development; 3.3.1 Western University Ideas; 3.3.2 Confucian Tradition; 3.3.3 Economic Development and Higher Education; 3.4 Challenges for Korean Higher Education
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 3.4.1 Lack of Mission Differentiation3.4.2 Uncompetitive Graduate Education and Lack of Competitive Research Centers; 3.4.3 Ineffective Funding Mechanisms: Incentive Funding; 3.5 Conclusion; References; Chapter 4: The Path Toward Mass Higher Education in China; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 The Pursuit of Massification: 1990s Onward; 4.2.1 A Debated Topic; 4.2.2 Three Phrases; 4.2.3 Major Driving Force; 4.2.4 Changing Environment; 4.2.5 Academic Impact; 4.2.6 Mixture Mode in Financial Support; 4.3 The Impact of Massification; 4.3.1 Scale; 4.3.2 Structure; 4.3.3 Effectiveness
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 4.4 Post-massification: Reality and Solution4.4.1 Harsh Realities; 4.4.1.1 Quality Issues; 4.4.1.2 Equity Issues; 4.4.1.3 Unemployment Issues; 4.4.2 Major Solution; 4.5 Future Looks: 2020 Vision and Action Plan; 4.6 Conclusion; References; Chapter 5: Higher Education Development in Taiwan; 5.1 The Impact of Global Neo-liberal Ideology on Higher Education; 5.2 Taiwan's Country Profile; 5.3 Historical Development of Higher Education in Taiwan; 5.4 Higher Education System in Taiwan; 5.5 Higher Education Reform in Taiwan After 1990s; 5.6 Higher Education Expansion in Taiwan and Related Issues
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 5.6.1 Governance Change for Efficiency
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Ch. 1. Mass Higher Education and Its Challenges for Rapidly Growing East Asian Higher Education (J.C. Shin, Seoul National University)Part I. National Strategy for Mass Higher Education -- Ch. 2. Higher Education Development in Japan (F. Huang, Hiroshima University) -- Ch. 3. Higher Education Development in Korea: Accomplishments and Challenges (J.C. Shin, Seoul National University) -- Ch. 4. The Path toward Mass Higher Education in China (X. G. Shi, Peking University) -- Ch. 5. Higher Education Development in Taiwan(P. Chou, National Chengchi University) -- Ch. 6. Higher Education in Malaysia: National Strategies and Innovative Practices (M. Lee, University of Sains Malaysia) -- Ch. 7. From Massification towards the Post-massification of Higher Education in Hong Kong (Jisun Jung and G. Postiglione, University of Hong Kong).- Part II. Academics and Students in Mass Higher Education -- Ch. 8. What Happened to Universal Education? In the West and in Asia (W. K. Cummings and Katrina Santner, George Washington University) -- Ch. 9. Teaching and Curriculum Development in Mass and Universal Higher Education (F. Huang, Hiroshima University) -- Ch. 10. Students in the Post-Massified Higher Education- What has changed and What has stayed the same in the Massification of Japanese higher education (K. Shima, Hiroshima University) -- Ch. 11. Learning Ants: A Portrait of Chinese College Students in Mass Higher Education(Y. Luo, Tsinghua University) -- Ch. 12. Students in Mass Higher Education: Effects of Student Engagement in Taiwan (D. Chang, Tamkang University) -- Ch. 13. What Makes the Quality of Students’ Learning?: Focusing on the Articulation between High School and University (R. Yamada, Doshisha University) -- Part III. Challenges Facing Mass Higher Education -- Ch.14. Who benefits from Taiwan’s Mass Higher Education? (P. Chou, National Chengchi University) -- Ch. 15. Improving School to University Transitions during Mass Higher Education: A policy perspective (G. Postiglione, University of Hong Kong) -- Ch. 16. Higher Education and the World of Work: The Perennial Controversial Debate (U. Teichler, Kassel University) -- Ch. 17. The Employment of College Graduates: Changing Wages in Mass Higher Education (S. Chan and C. Yang, National Chung Cheng University) -- Ch. 18. The Quality of Mass Higher Education in East Asia- Development and Challenges for Asian Quality Assurance Agencies in the Glonacal higher education (Angela Yung Chi Hou, Fu Jen Catholic University) -- Ch. 19. Faculty Participation in University Decision Making and Management in Japan (A. Morozumi, University of Tokyo) -- Ch. 20. The Effects of Massification on Higher Education for Teacher Education in Taiwan (C. M. Liang, Taitung University & C. Chang, Vanung University) -- Conclusion -- Ch. 21. Conclusion: Lessons from Higher Education Development in East Asia (J.C. Shin, Seoul National University).
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 45
    ISBN: 9789400742406
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (IX, 330 p. 110 illus., 12 illus. in color, online resource)
    Serie: Cultural Studies of Science Education 12
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Druckausg.
    DDC: 303.483
    Schlagwort(e): Science Study and teaching ; Social sciences Methodology ; Education ; Education ; Science Study and teaching ; Social sciences Methodology
    Kurzfassung: The chapters included in this book address two major questions: what are some of the methodological and theoretical issues in sociocultural research in urban education and science education and what sort of questions do technological and virtual contexts raise for these types of research perspectives. The chapters build off Ken Tobin's personal history of sociocultural research in science education and as they do each chapter asks philosophical, sociological and/or methodological questions that inform our understanding of the challenges associated with conducting research in experiential and virtual contexts
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Introduction, Catherine MilneSection 1: The Experiential in Education Research -- 1 The sociocultural turn in Science Education and its transformative potential, Kenneth Tobin -- 2 Multilectics and its methods, Gene Fellner -- 3 Heuristics for mindfulness in education and beyond, Malgorzata Powietrzynska -- 4 Studying secondary science student teaching experiences within a cohort community of practice: A multi-planar, multi-analysis sociocultural methodology, Jennifer Gallo-Fox -- 5 Video selection and microanalysis approaches in studies of Urban Science Education, Rowhea Elmesky -- 6 Equity, ethics and engagement: Principles for quality formative assessment in primary science classrooms, Bronwen Cowie -- 7 “And? Did we do nice things?” Children documenting their emerging inquiries in early science learning, Charles Max, Christina Siry, Martin Kracheel -- 8 Coteaching in the Penn STI: Evolution of fluent praxis, Cristobal Carambo -- 9 Science and English language learners:  Creating opportunities to align teaching and learning with students’ needs, Gillian U. Bayne and Romil D. Amin -- 10 Being a science educator researcher: a personal narrative from a sociocultural perspective, Konstantinos Alexakos -- Section 2 - The Virtual and the Real in Education Research -- 11 Conceptualizing identity in Science Education research: Theoretical and methodological issues, Lilian Pozzer-Ardenghi  Phoebe A. Jackson -- 12 A socio-culturally sensitive science curriculum: What does it have to do with our bodies? Giuliano Reis -- 13 Youth media productions: Deconstructing “difference” or reifying norms? Donna DeGennaro  Tiffany L. Brown -- 14 “More things in heaven and earth Horatio” Seeing and believing in Second Life, Carolyne Ali-Khan -- 15 EcoJustice and vulnerability in virtual worlds, Michael P. Mueller -- 16 Beyond the actual: Some of the challenges of conducting sociocultural research in virtual contexts, Catherine Milne.
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 46
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Cham : Springer International Publishing
    ISBN: 9783319059785
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XVIII, 262 p. 32 illus., 15 illus. in color, online resource)
    Serie: Mathematics Education Library
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Druckausg. Diversity in mathematics education
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Curriculum planning ; Mathematics ; Education ; Education ; Curriculum planning ; Mathematics ; Curriculum planning ; Education ; Mathematics ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Vielfalt ; Inklusion ; Mathematik ; Pädagogik
    Kurzfassung: This book presents a research focus on diversity and inclusivity in mathematics education. The challenge of diversity, largely in terms of student profiles or contextual features, is endemic in mathematics education, and is often argued to require differentiation as a response. Typically different curricula, text materials, task structures or pedagogies are favoured responses, but huge differences in achievement still result. If we in mathematics education seek to challenge that status quo, more research must be focussed not just on diversity but also on the inclusivity, of practices in mathematics education. The book is written by a group of experienced collaborating researchers who share this focus. It is written for researchers, research students, teachers and in-service professionals, who recognise both the challenges but also the opportunities of creating and evaluating new inclusive approaches to curriculum and pedagogy - ones that take for granted the positive values of diversity. Several chapters report new research in this direction. The authors are part of, or have visited with, the mathematics education staff of the Faculty of Education at Monash University, in Melbourne, Australia. The chapters all focus on the ideas of development in both research and practice, recognising that the current need is for new inclusive approaches. The studies presented are set in different contexts, including Australia, China, the United States, and Singapore
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: I. Surveying the territory.- Introduction: The challenge of developing inclusive mathematics learning environments.- Large scale test data: Making the invisible visible.- Impact of geographical location on student achievement: Unpacking the complexity of diversity.-Rethinking learners’ preferred mathematical task types: The values perspective.- Rethinking gender and technology: A case of graphics calculators in the Singaporean mathematics curriculum context.-Surveying the public: Revisiting mathematics and English stereotypes.-Surveying the territory: Linking research and practice in school mathematicsII. Interrogating the boundaries.- From the individual to the collective: Rethinking curriculum to make diversity a positive resource.- Ethics and the challenges for inclusive mathematics teaching.- Valuing diversity in mathematics pedagogy: Enhancing teacher agency through values alignment.- Interrogating the boundaries: Inclusive practices in mathematics teaching - the need for noticing and producing relevant differences.- III. From diversity to practice -- (Dis)engagement and exclusion in mathematics classrooms - labels, values and significant others -- Including students with disabilities in the regular mathematics classroom: issues and innovations.- Investigating diversity in learning: How children add together single digit numbers.- Maximising opportunities in mathematics for all students: Addressing within school and within class differences -- From diversity to practice: Commentary.-Conclusion: From Theory to Practice.
    Anmerkung: Includes index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 47
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401793520
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XVII, 258 p. 16 illus., 5 illus. in color, online resource)
    Serie: Multilingual Education 12
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Schlagwort(e): Applied linguistics ; Language and languages ; Education ; Education ; Applied linguistics ; Language and languages
    Kurzfassung: This book examines language policies and practices in schools in regions of China populated by indigenous minority groups. It focuses on models of trilingual education, i.e. education in the home language, Putonghua (Mandarin Chinese, the national language), and English (the main foreign language). Special attention is given to the study of the vitality of the minority home language in each region and issues relating to and the effects of the teaching and learning of the minority home language on minority students’ acquisition of Mandarin Chinese and English and on their school performance in general. The book also examines the case of Cantonese in Guangdong, where the local Chinese ‘dialect’ is strong but distant from the mainstream language, Putonghua. It takes a new approach to researching sociolinguistic phenomena, and presents a new methodology that emerged from studies of bi/trilingualism in European societies and was then tailored to the trilingual context in China. The methodology encompasses policy analysis and community language profiles, as well as school-based fieldwork, and provides rich data that facilitate multilevel analysis of policy-in-context
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Preface1. Researching Trilingualism and Trilingual Education in China -- Part 1: Meng-Chao-Xin -- 2. Four Models of Mongolian Nationality Schools in the Inner Mongolian Autonomous Region -- 3.Trilingual Education in China’s Korean Communities -- 4. Language Learning and Empowerment: Languages in Education for Uyghurs in Xinjiang -- Part 2: Qing-Zang-Chuan -- 5. Ethnolinguistic Vitality, Language Attitudes and Language Education in Tibetan Schools in Qinghai -- 6. When English Meets Chinese in Tibetan Schools: Towards an Understanding of Multilingual Education in Tibet -- 7. A Multi-case Investigation into Trilingualism and Trilingual Education in Liangshan Yi Autonomous Prefecture -- Part 3: Yun-Gui-Yue -- 8. A Survey Report on Trilingualism and Trilingual Education in Yunnan -- 9. Emerging Trilingualism among the Dong Minority in Guizhou Province -- 10. Language Attitudes of Secondary School Students in Guangdong -- 11. Trilingualism in Education: Models and Challenges.
    Anmerkung: Includes bibliographical references
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 48
    ISBN: 9783319104553
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XIX, 340 p. 8 illus) , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Serie: Multilingual Education 13
    DDC: 407.1
    Schlagwort(e): Education ; Applied linguistics ; Language and languages
    Kurzfassung: This is the first comprehensive volume to compare the sociolinguistic situations of minorities in Russia and in Western Europe. As such, it provides insight into language policies, the ethnolinguistic vitality and the struggle for reversal of language shift, language revitalization and empowerment of minorities in Russia and the European Union. The volume shows that, even though largely unknown to a broader English-reading audience, the linguistic composition of Russia is by no means less diverse than multilingualism in the EU. It is therefore a valuable introduction into the historical backgrounds and current linguistic, social and legal affairs with regard to Russia’s manifold ethnic and linguistic minorities, mirrored on the discussion of recent issues in a number of well-known Western European minority situations
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Part I Languages, identities and human rights 1. Change and maintenance of Plurilingualism in the Russian Federation and the European Union by Janne Saarikivi and Reetta Toivanen2. The Global Extinction of Languages and its Consequences for Cultural Diversity by Suzanne Romaine -- 3. The Death of Languages; the Death of Minority Cultures; the Death of a People’s Dignity by Theodore S. Orlin -- Part II Case Studies on Cultural Change and Minority Language Maintenance: 4. Obstacles and Successes by Reetta Toivanen -- 5. Fallen ill in Political Draughts by Indrek Jääts -- 6. Finnic Minorities of Ingria by Natalia Kuznetsova, Elena Markus and Mehmed Muslimov -- 7. The Challenge of Language by Lennard Sillanpää -- 8. Uneven Steps to Literacy by Florian Siegl and Michael Rießler -- Part III Why some Languages Survive. On Language Laws, Policies and Changing Attitudes -- 9. Explaining Language Loss by Ekaterina Gruzdeva -- 10. Parliamentary Structures and their Impact on Empowering Minority Language Communities by Heiko F. Marten -- 11. Evolution of Language Ideology in Post-Soviet Russia by Konstantin Zamyatin -- 12. The Impact of Language Policy on Language Revitalization by Xabier Arzoz -- A List of Relevant Agreements, Charters, Conventions, Declarations, Legal acts, Protocols, Treaties and Other Official Documents -- A.1 International -- A.2 European and Russian -- A.3 List of Russian Regional Documents -- Index of Languages and People(s) -- Subject index -- Person index -- Place index.
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 49
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Cham : Springer International Publishing
    ISBN: 9783319115900
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (IX, 212 p) , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    DDC: 370.113
    Schlagwort(e): Education ; Education, Higher ; Education Philosophy ; Adult education
    Kurzfassung: This book brings international perspectives to bear on thinking about and through transdisciplinarity on professional development and education. The scope of the book ranges from the idea of transdisciplinarity and its applications in professional practice to considerations of pedagogy and transdisciplinary research. A distinctive feature of the book is its consideration of key issues and concepts in the context of the lived experience of transdisciplinarity. The book effectively demonstrates how a transdisciplinary lens on the world can open one’s eyes to multiple realities and thus suggests how we might better understand the complexities and contradictions of our world. Indeed the chapters carry transdisciplinarity into new fields, on fresh grounds and even move into a post-disciplinary phase. Although transdisciplinarity can be traced back to the early 1970s, it has often been at the margins, and is highly contested as an approach to knowledge creation within academia, and has yet to make a major impact outside the confines of the university. Instead, knowledge creation, recognition and use have been usually been approached from the structured certainty of subject disciplinary knowledge. This book studies higher education and professional identity from the premise that disciplinarity and transdisciplinarity are complementary aspects of a single, more complex whole: routine scholarly work. Can transdisciplinary be taught and if so, how can it be applied to professional practice? The answers assembled here come from a variety of professional backgrounds. Based on insightful personal experience they offer reflective advice on integrating transdisciplinarity into teaching, research and the workplace. In reconceptualizing the practice of transdisciplinarity the book becomes a bold guide to confront the messiness of real world problems. Helga Nowotny, Former ERC President
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: ForewordAbout the Authors -- Introduction, Paul Gibbs,  Middlesex University, UK -- SECTION ONE -- Transdisciplinary Knowledge Creation, Sue McGregor, Mount Saint Vincent University, Halifax, Nova Scotia -- Changing and sustaining transdisciplinary practice through research partnerships -- Tamara Cumming and Sandie Wong Research Institute for Professional Practice, Learning and Education, Charles Sturt University, Australia -- Transdisciplinary Problems: the Teams addressing them and their support through Team Coaching, Ron Collins, IBM Global Business Services and Annette Fillery-Travis, Middlesex University -- Transdisciplinarity and Nursing Education: Expanding Nursing’s  Professional Identity and Potential, Sarah Wall University of Alberta, Canada -- Interprofessional education and collaborative practice in health and social care: The need for transdisciplinary mindsets, instruments and mechanisms, Andre Vyt, University College Arteveldehogeschool, Ghent University, Belgium -- Transdisciplinarity  Learning in Professional Practice , Raymond Yeung Hong Kong -- SECTION TWO -- Integrating Transdisciplinarity and Translational Concepts and Methods into Graduate Education, Linda Neuhauser, University of California, Berkeley, USA and Christian Pohl, Swiss Academies of Arts and Sciences -- Transdisciplinarity and Educational Knowledge in ‘Work Based Learning’ , Carol Costley, Middlesex University, UK -- What's actually new about transdisciplinarity? Or how scholars from applied studies can benefit from cross-disciplinary learning processes on transdisciplinarity, Marianne Penker and Andreas Muhar, University of Natural Resources and Life Sciences, Vienna, Austria -- SECTION THREE --  Transdisciplinarity as epistemology, ontology or principles of practical judgement, Paul Gibbs Middlesex University, UK -- Transdisciplinarity as Translation, Kate Maguire, Middlesex University, UK -- The emergence of the collective mind, Valerie A. Brown and John A. Harris Fenner School of Environment and Society, Australian National University -- Coda locating the book in time and complexity , Paul Gibbs, Middlesex University.
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 50
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Cham : Springer International Publishing
    ISBN: 9783319128023
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XXIII, 121 p. 35 illus) , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Serie: SpringerBriefs in Education
    DDC: 378
    Schlagwort(e): Education ; Education, Higher
    Kurzfassung: This work takes the most recent, interdisciplinary research and demonstrates how to make higher education institutions open, accessible and socially just for staff and students with disabilities. Combining the scholarly fields of media platform management, information literacy, internet studies, mobility studies and disability studies, this book offers a guide and method to consider how students and staff with differing needs move through university processes, spaces and interfaces. It captures the challenges and potentials of both the online and offline university. The key concept of the book is universal design. This term and theory is used to move beyond the medical and social model of disability that disconnect and separate the issues of disability and impairment from core societal concerns. This book confirms that most of us will be touched by impairment through our lives. When matched with the necessity to retrain and gain new skills for a post-recession future, there must be a renewed commitment to not only the widening participation agenda of higher education, but also the enabling of universities for men and women with impairments
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Prologue: Disabled are Able?Introduction: Failure is not an Option -- Part One: Politics -- 1. The Politics of Stairs -- 2. The Politics of Mobility -- 3. The Politics of Models -- 4. The Politics of Labels -- Part Two: Difference -- 5. Why Universities Matter -- 6. Beyond Stigma -- 7. Difference and Judgment -- Part Three: Design -- 8. Intervention through Teacher Education -- 9. Universal Design:  Designing for Life (and Learning) -- Conclusion: Futures -- Prologue: Disabled are Able?.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 51
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401794930
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XXXIV, 854 p. 28 illus) , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    DDC: 379
    Schlagwort(e): Education ; Curriculum planning ; Education, Higher
    Kurzfassung: This handbook presents a global overview of developments in education and policy change during the last decade. It provides an accessible, practical and comparative source of current research that examines the intersecting and diverse discourses of this important issue. Divided into two parts, the handbook first examines globalisation and education policy reforms, including coverage of main trends as well as specific policy issues such as gender, equity, minorities and human rights. Next, the handbook offers a comparative perspective that evaluates the ambivalent and problematic relationship between globalisation, the state and education reforms globally. It features coverage on curricula issues and education reforms in schools around the world as well as the curriculum in the global culture. Now more than ever there is a need to understand and analyse both the intended and the unintended effects of globalisation on economic competitiveness, educational systems, the state and relevant policy changes - all as they affect individuals, the higher education sector, schools, policy-makers and powerful corporate organisations across the globe. By examining some of the major education policy issues, particularly in the light of recent shifts in education and policy research, this handbook offers readers a comprehensive picture of the impact of globalisation on education policy and reforms. It will serve as a vital sourcebook of ideas for researchers, practitioners and policy makers in education
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Foreword; Preface; References; Acknowledgements; Contents; Contributors; Overview and Introduction; 1 Global Trends in Education and Academic Achievement; 1.1 Comparative View of Academic Achievement; 1.2 Schools for the Future; 1.3 Educational Policy Goals and Outcomes; 2 International Studies of Educational Achievement; 3 Globalisation, Education and Policy; 4 Multidimensional Aspect of Globalisation; 5 The Aim, Purpose and Structure of This Handbook; 6 Globalisation, Education and Policy Reforms; 6.1 Globalisation and Higher Education; 7 Globalisation and Education Policy Reform
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 7.1 Globalisation, Education Policy and Change7.2 Policy Issues: Gender, Equity, Minorities, and Human Rights; 8 Globalisation, Education and Policy Research: Changing Schools: Section 3: Globalisation and Education Policy: Comparative Perspective; 8.1 Education, Policy and Curricula Issues; 8.2 Globalisation, Education Policy and Reform: Changing Schools; References; Part I: Globalisation, Education and Policy Research; Globalisation and Neoliberalism: A New Theory for New Times?; 1 The Concept of Globalisation; 2 Globalisation Theory as the 'Spatiotemporal Reformulation of Social Theory'
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 3 Globalisation and Communications Technology4 Critical Reflections; 5 Conclusion: Globalisation Theory and the  Neoliberal Moment; References; Globalisation, Hegemony and Education Policies; 1 Globalisation, Ideology and Policy; 1.1 Ideology; 2 Paradigms, Culture and Ideology; 3 Early and Late Modern Ideologies; 3.1 Liberalism, Social Liberalism and Neoliberalism; 3.2 Conservatism; 3.3 Communism, Utopian Socialism, Syndicalism, Anarchism, Cooperative Socialism; 3.4 Populism; 4 Globalisation, Hegemony and Education; 5 Educational Paradigms and Ideologies; 5.1 The Market-Oriented Paradigm
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 5.2 The Etatist-Welfarist-Oriented Paradigm5.3 The Communitarian Paradigm; 6 Meta-ideological Dimensions; 7 Conclusion; References; Globalisation and Social Change; 1 Globalisation, Education and the Wellbeing of Humans; 2 Globalisation: Monitoring Human Development; 2.1 Index of Human Development; 3 Calculating the Human Development Index; 4 The Gender Inequality Index (GII); 5 Monitoring Educational Outcomes; 6 The First and Second IEA Science Studies; 7 The First and Second IEA Studies of Reading; 8 Globalisation and Monitoring Within Countries
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 9 Monitoring of Achievement in the National Assessment of Educational Progress in the United States10 Globalisation and the Monitoring of Educational Outcomes; 11 The Agencies Currently Involved in Monitoring and Evaluation Programs; 11.1 The International Association for the Evaluation of Educational Achievement (IEA); 11.2 The Programme for International Student Assessment (PISA); 11.3 Southern and Eastern African Consortium for Monitoring Educational Quality (SACMEQ); 11.4 Latin American Laboratory for the Evaluation of Quality in Education (LLECE)
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 11.5 The Conference of Education Ministers of Countries Using French as the Language of Communication (CONFERMEN)
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 52
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Cham : Springer International Publishing
    ISBN: 9783319128351
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XIII, 603 p. 29 illus) , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Serie: Higher Education: Handbook of Theory and Research 30
    DDC: 378
    Schlagwort(e): Education ; Curriculum planning ; Education, Higher
    Kurzfassung: Published annually since 1985, the Handbook series provides a compendium of thorough and integrative literature reviews on a diverse array of topics of interest to the higher education scholarly and policy communities. Each chapter provides a comprehensive review of research findings on a selected topic, critiques the research literature in terms of its conceptual and methodological rigor, and sets forth an agenda for future research intended to advance knowledge on the chosen topic. The Handbook focuses on a comprehensive set of central areas of study in higher education that encompasses the salient dimensions of scholarly and policy inquiries undertaken in the international higher education community. Each annual volume contains chapters on such diverse topics as research on college students and faculty, organization and administration, curriculum and instruction, policy, diversity issues, economics and finance, history and philosophy, community colleges, advances in research methodology, and more. The series is fortunate to have attracted annual contributions from distinguished scholars throughout the world
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Chapter 1: A Memoir of My Professional Life: What I Can Remember and What I Can Tell. Kenneth A. FeldmanChapter 2: A Model of Critical Thinking in Higher Education. Martin Davies -- Chapter 3: Unbundling the Faculty Role in Higher Education: Utilizing Historical, Theoretical and Empirical Frameworks to Inform Future Research. Sean Gehrke & Adrianna Kezar -- Chapter 4: Interest Groups and State Policy for Higher Education: New Conceptual Understandings and Future Research Directions. Erik C. Ness, David A. Tandberg & Michael K. McLendon -- Chapter 5: Endurance Testing: Histories of Liberal Education in U.S. Higher Education. Katherine E. Chaddock & Anna Janosik Cooke -- 2348 Daniel Is. Dr. Chapter 6: Promoting Effective Teaching and Learning in Higher Education. Rodney A. Clifton, Jeremy M. Hamm & Patti C. Parker -- Chapter 7: Critical Advocacy Perspectives on Organization in Higher Education. Penny A. Pasque & Rozana Carducci -- Chapter 8: Quantile regression: Analyzing changes in distributions instead of means. Stephen R. Porter -- Chapter 9: Academic capitalism and (secondary) academic labor markets: Negotiating a new academy and research agenda. Gary Rhoades & Blanca Torres-Olave -- Chapter 10: Men of Color in Community Colleges: A Synthesis of Empirical Findings. J. Luke Wood, Robert T. Palmer & Frank Harris -- Chapter 11: Industry-Academia Linkages: Lessons from Empirical Studies and Recommendations for Future Inquiry. Pilar Mendoza -- Chapter 12: Serving a Different Master: Assessing College Educational Quality for the Public. Corbin M. Campbell.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 53
    ISBN: 9783319114361
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XII, 394 p. 15 illus) , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Serie: Technical and Vocational Education and Training: Issues, Concerns and Prospects 20
    DDC: 370.113
    Schlagwort(e): Education ; Education, Higher
    Kurzfassung: This book promotes a radical alternative impact on youth policy in Europe to overcome the situation of vulnerability and discrimination of a growing number of youngsters in their transition from school to work. It follows a Human Development perspective in using the Capability Approach (CA) as analytical and methodological guiding tool to improve the social conditions of the most socially vulnerable young people in European societies. The mission of the interdisciplinary authors is to expand the actual chances of the young to actively shape their lives in a way they have reason to choose and value. This book is based on the research of the EU Collaborative Project “Making Capabilities Work” (WorkAble), funded by the EU within the Seventh Framework Programme. It is the first empirical project to pursue a justice theory perspective on a European level. It also contributes to a fundamental change in the currently mostly insufficient attempts within the human capital approach to use the labour market to ensure desired lifestyle forms and a secure income for vulnerable youth
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Foreword; Fighting Social Inequality for Vulnerable Youth:A European Case; Series Editors Introduction; Contents; Part I: Capability Perspectives on Vulnerable Youth in Europe; Chapter 1: Towards a Capabilities Perspective on Vulnerable Young People in Europe: An Introduction; 1.1 Central Considerations of the Volume; References; Chapter 2: The Capability Approach, Education and the Labour Market; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Main Concepts, Their Mutual Relations and the Two Key Dimensions Within the Approach; 2.2.1 Commodities and Their Characteristics; 2.2.2 Functionings; 2.2.3 Capabilities
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 2.3 Discussion2.3.1 Human Capital vs. Human Capability in Relation to Education and the Labour Market; Conclusion; References; Part II: Changes of Welfare Policies and the Role of the Capability Approach; Chapter 3: Multilevel Governance and Capability Approach: What Convergence?; 3.1 Multilevel Policymaking: What Do We Mean by This?; 3.1.1 A European-Born Concept; 3.1.2 A Definition; 3.1.3 Public Policy Dimensions of MLG; 3.2 Multilevel Governance and Capability Analysis: What Compatibility? What Value Added for Vulnerable Youth?
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 3.2.1 Capability Approach and Multilevel Governance: What Is the Problem?3.2.2 Policy Design: Two Logics of Action; 3.2.3 Policy Goals: The Subsidiarity Principle; Conclusion; References; Chapter 4: New Conditions of Professional Work or the Fall of Professions? On Managerialism and Professionalism; 4.1 A Changing Society: From Welfare to Competition; 4.1.1 The Competitive State; 4.1.2 Accumulation and Regulation; 4.1.3 A Dialectical Viewpoint; 4.1.4 Outline of a New Society?; 4.1.5 Education Is a Central Vehicle in the Transition
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 4.2 A Changing Concept of Professionalism: A New Kind of Socialisation of Professionals Leads from Professionalism to Managerialism4.3 Changes in Professionalism; 4.3.1 The Cultural Basis; 4.3.2 The Challenge of Governability; 4.3.3 Where Management Misses the Point?; 4.3.4 Forms of Control; 4.4 Short Concluding Discussion; References; Part III: Capability Perspectives on Institutionalized Education; Chapter 5: Free Choice of Education? Capabilities, Possibility Spaces, and Incapacitations of Education, Labor, and the Way of Living One Values; 5.1 Introduction
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 5.2 Opportunity and Processes of Freedom5.3 External and Individual Capabilities; 5.4 Education to Labor; 5.5 The Danish Case; 5.6 Free Choice and Education?; Conclusion; References; Chapter 6: European Universities and Educational and Occupational Intergenerational Social Mobility; 6.1 Theoretical Contexts; 6.2 Intergenerational Social Mobility: A European Union Survey on Income and Living Conditions (EU-SILC); Conclusions and Directions for Further Research; Annex; References; Part IV: Capabilities, Labour Market and Education in Europe
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Chapter 7: Operationalisation of the Capability Approach
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: FOREWORDFighting Social Inequality for Vulnerable Youth - A European Case, Hans-Uwe Otto -- CAPABILITY PERSPECTIVES ON VULNERABLE YOUTH IN EUROPE -- Chapter 1 Towards a Capabilities Perspective on Vulnerable Young People in Europe - An Introduction -- Holger Ziegler, Thierry Berthet, Roland Atzmüller, Jean-Michel Bonvin & Christian C. Kjeldsen -- Chapter 2 The Capability Approach, Education and the Labour Market, Christian Christrup Kjeldsen & Jean-Michel Bonvin -- CHANGES OF WELFARE POLICIES AND THE ROLE OF THE CAPABILITY APPROACH -- Chapter 3 Multilevel governance and capability approach: What convergence? Thierry Berthet -- Chapter 4 New Conditions of Professional Work or Fall of Professions? On Managerialism and Professionalism, Holger Ziegler & Niels Rosendal Jensen -- CAPABILITY PERSPECTIVES ON INSTITUTIONALIZED EDUCATION -- Chapter 5 Free Choice of Education? Capabilities, possibility spaces and incapacitations of education, labor and the way of living one values, Dirk Michel-Schertges -- Chapter 6 European Universities and Educational and Occupational Intergenerational Social Mobility, Marek Kwiek -- CAPABILITIES, LABOUR MARKET AND EDUCATION IN EUROPE -- Chapter 7 Operationalisation of the Capability Approach, Enrica Chiappero-Martinetti, Valerie Egdell, Emma Hollywood & Ronald McQuaid -- Chapter 8 Labour market trajectories and young Europeans’ capabilities to avoid poverty, social exclusion and dependency: a comparative analysis of 23 European countries, Björn Halleröd & Hans Ekbrand -- Chapter 9 Would Active Labour market policies enhance youth capability for work in Europe?  Marion Lambert, Josiane Vero, Björn Halleröd and Hans Ekbrand -- Chapter 10 Critical aspects of the transformation of work and welfare from a Capability perspective, Roland Atzmüller -- CAPABILITIES FOR VOICE, WORK AND EDUCATION -  CRITICAL ANALYSIS OF PROGRAMMES FOR DISADVANTAGED YOUNG PEOPLE IN EUROPE -- Chapter 11 11.1 Introduction to the case studies, Lavinia Bifulco, Valerie Egdell & Ronald McQuaid -- 11.2 Nine case studies from Europe -- 11.2.1 Good for nothing, capable of what? Early school leavers and regional public policies in France, Thierry Berthet, Véronique Simon -- 11.2.2 The Trespassing Project in Naples, Lavinia Bifulco, Raffaele Monteleone, Carlotta Mozzana -- 11.2.3 Vocational Training as an Integration Opportunity? A Swiss Case Study on Struggling Young Adults, Mael Dif-Pradalier, Emilie Rosenstein, Jean-Michel Bonvin -- 11.2.4 Addressing the Issue of Unemployment among Disadvantaged Youth in Scotland: Developing the Capability for Work, Valerie Egdell, Ronald McQuaid, Emma Hollywood -- 11.2.5 Pedagogy Back on Track; Enhancing Capabilities for Young People in Education and Work, Niels Rosendal Jensen, Christian Christrup Kjeldsen -- 11.2.6 The Development of Capabilities of Young People in a public-private programme, Karolina Szandar-Sztanderska, Marianna Zielenska -- 11.2.7 Contributing within the Social Division of Labour. Young People’s Social and Labour-Market Integration through Supra-Company Apprenticeship Training in Austria, Bettina Haidinger, Ruth Kasper -- 11.2.8 Establishing Caseness and working on “realistic perspectives” - A German Case Study on the Transition from School to Work, Jan Düker & Thomas Ley -- 11.2.9 Capabilities for Education, Work and Voice from the Perspective of “the Less Employable” University Graduates, Gunilla Bergström -- 11.3 Capabilities for Education, Work and Voice - A concluding remark, Christian Christrup Kjeldsen & Thomas Ley -- EU YOUTH STRATEGIES FROM A CAPABILITY PERSPECTIVE -- Chapter 12 Employability versus capability - European strategies for Young People, Gabriele Pedrini & Regine Schröer.
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 54
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Cham : Springer International Publishing
    ISBN: 9783319028682
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XIV, 345 p. 99 illus, online resource)
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Druckausg. Current trends in eye tracking research
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Psycholinguistics ; Consciousness ; Education ; Education ; Psycholinguistics ; Consciousness ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Elektrookulographie ; Augenfolgebewegung ; Blickregistrierung ; Blickverhalten ; Visuelle Wahrnehmung ; Interdisziplinäre Forschung
    Kurzfassung: Our eye movements in response to visual stimuli reveal much about how we experience the world. Focusing on the latest developments in the multidisciplinary field of eye tracking research, this volume ranges across a wide spectrum of research applications, with four sections covering the plethora of practical uses to which our expanding knowledge can be put. They offer abundant evidence that eye tracking research and its methodologies offer new ways of collecting data, framing research questions, and thinking about how we view our world. As a result, we are discovering more about how the visual system works, as well as how it interacts with attention, cognition, and behaviour. Current Trends in Eye Tracking Research presents the work of more than 50 researchers and academics, showcasing groundbreaking studies and innovative ways of applying eye tracking technologies to interesting research problems. The book covers the current output of a number of pioneering research laboratories, detailing their work on eye tracking and the visual system, alignment and EEG data, marketing and social applications, and eye tracking in education. Featuring creative uses of existing technology as well as inventive implementation of new technology in a range of research contexts and disciplines, this new publication is compelling proof of the growing importance of this exciting and fast-moving area of scientific endeavor
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Introduction -- Section I: Eye Tracking and the Visual System -- The Active Eye: Perspectives on Eye Movement Research, Benjamin W. Tatler, Clare Kirtley, Ross G. Macdonald, Katy M. A. Mitchell, Steven W. Savage -- Eye Movements from Lab to Life, Benjamin W. Tatler -- Guidance of Attention by Feature Relationships: The End of the Road for Feature Map Theories? Stefanie I. Becker -- Gaze And Speech: Pointing Device and Text Entry Modality, T.R. Beelders and P.J. Blignaut -- Improving the Accuracy of Video-Based Eye-Tracking in Real-Time through Post-Calibration Regression, Pieter Blignaut, Kenneth Holmqvist, Marcus Nyström, Richard Dewhurst -- Gaze Shifts and Pen Velocity Minima during Line Copying with Consideration to Signature Simulation, Avni Pepe and Jodi Sita -- Degree of Subject's Indecisiveness Characterized by Eye Movement Patterns in Increasingly Difficult Tasks, Yannick Lufimpu-Luviya, Djamel Merad, Véronique Drai-Zerbib, Thierry Baccino and Bernard Fertil. The Use of an Infrared Eye Tracker in Evaluating the Reading Performance in a Congenital Nystagmus Patient Fitted with Soft Contact Lens: A Case Report, M. M. Shahimin, N. H. Saliman, N. Mohamad-Fadzil, Z. Mohammed, N. A. Razali, H. A. Mutalib and N. Mennie -- Section II: Aligning Eye Tracking and EEG Data -- Triangulating the Reading Brain: Eye Movements, Computational Models, and EEG, Ronan G. Reilly -- Oculomotor Control, Brain Potentials, and Timelines of Word Recognition during Natural Reading, Reinhold Kliegl, Michael Dambacher, Olaf Dimigen, Werner Sommer -- Measuring Neuronal Correlates of Reading with Novel Spread-Spectrum Protocols, Ronan G. Reilly -- The Quest for Integrating Data in Mixed Research: User Experience Research Revisited, Annika Wiklund-Engblom and Joachim Högväg -- Section III: Eye Tracking and Marketing and Social Applications -- Eye Tracking as a Research Method in Social and Marketing Applications, Mike Horsley -- Mobile Eye-Tracking in Retail Research, Dr Tracy Harwood, Martin Jones -- Private and Public: Eye Tracking Applications in Private and Academic Sector Marketing Research, En Li, James Breeze, Mike Horsley, Donnel A. Briely -- Eye Movement Evaluation of Signature Forgeries: inSights to Forensic Expert Evidence, A. G. Dyer, B. Found, M. L. Merlino, A. L. Pepe, D. Rogers and J. C. Sita -- A Role for Eye Tracking Research in Accounting and Financial Reporting? Lyn Grigg and Amy L. Griffin -- Eye Tracking during a Psychosocial Stress Simulation: Insights into Social Anxiety Disorder, Nigel Chen -- Using Saccadic Eye Movements to Assess Cognitive Decline with Ageing, Alison Bowling and Anja Draper -- Comparing Personally-Tailored Video- and Text-Delivered Web-Based Physical Activity Interventions - The Medium and the Message: An Eye-Tracking Study, Corneel Vandelanotte, Naya Persaud, Stephanie Bland, Mike Horsley -- Benefits of Complementing Eye Tracking Analysis with Think Aloud Protocol in a Multilingual Country with High Power Distance, Ashok Sivaji and Wan Fatimah Wan Ahmad -- Section IV: Eye Tracking and Education -- Eye Tracking and the Learning System: An Overview, Bruce Allen Knight, Mike Horsley & Matt Eliot -- A New Approach to Cognitive Metrics: Analysing the Visual Mechanics of Comprehension using Eye Tracking Data in Student Completion of High Stakes Testing Evaluation, Bruce Allen Knight and Mike Horsley -- Comparing Novice and Expert Nurses in Analysing Electrocardiographs (ECGs) Containing Critical Diagnostic Information: An Eye Tracking Study of the Development of Complex Nursing Visual Cognitive Skills, Marc Broadbent, Mike Horsley, Melanie Birks, Naya Persaud -- The Development and Refinement of Student Self-Regulatory Strategies in Online Learning Environments, Nayadin Persaud and Matt Eliot.
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 55
    ISBN: 9789400773806
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XX, 252 p. 12 illus., 8 illus. in color, online resource)
    Serie: Literacy Studies, Perspectives from Cognitive Neurosciences, Linguistics, Psychology and Education 8
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Druckausg.
    Schlagwort(e): Applied linguistics ; Psycholinguistics ; Language and languages ; Literacy ; Education ; Education ; Applied linguistics ; Psycholinguistics ; Language and languages ; Literacy ; China ; Lesefähigkeit ; Mehrsprachigkeit
    Kurzfassung: This volume explores Chinese reading development, focusing on children in Chinese societies and bilingual Chinese-speaking children in Western societies. The book is structured around four themes: psycholinguistic study of reading, reading disability, bilingual and biliteracy development, and Chinese children’s literature. It discusses issues that are pertinent to improving language and literacy development, and complex cognitive, linguistic, and socio-cultural factors that underlie language and literacy development. In addition, the book identifies instructional practices that can enhance literacy development and academic achievement. This volume offers an integrative framework of Chinese reading, and deepens our understanding of the intricate processes that underlie Chinese children’s literacy development. It promotes research in reading Chinese and celebrates the distinguished and longstanding career of Richard C. Anderson
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: ForewordPreface -- Psycholinguistic Study of Reading Chinese. Morphological Awareness and Learning to Read Chinese and English -- Visual, Phonological and Orthographic Strategies in Learning to Read Chinese -- How Character Reading Can Be Different from Word Reading in Chinese and Why It Matters for Chinese Reading Development -- Fostering Reading Comprehension and Writing Composition in Chinese Children -- Exploring the Relationship of Parental Influences, Motivation for Reading and Reading Achievement in Chinese First Graders -- Reading Disability in Chinese Children. Helping Children with Reading Disability in Chinese: The Response to Intervention Approach with Effective Evidence-Based Curriculum -- Rapid Automatized Naming and Its Unique Contribution to Reading: Evidence from Chinese Dyslexia -- Bilingual and Biliteracy Development in Chinese and English. L1-Induced Facilitation in Biliteracy Development in Chinese and English -- Effect of Early Bilingualism on Metalinguistic Development and Language Processing: Evidence from Chinese-speaking Bilingual Children -- Contributions of Phonology, Orthography, and Morphology in Chinese-English Biliteracy Acquisition: A One-year Longitudinal Study -- Children’s literature in Chinese. Chinese Children’s Literature in North America -- China and Chinese as Mirrored in Multicultural Youth Literature: A Study of Award-Winning Picture Books Featuring Ethnic Chinese from 1993 to 2009.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 56
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Cham : Springer International Publishing
    ISBN: 9783319015231
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XV, 255 p. 22 illus., 18 illus. in color, online resource)
    Serie: Knowledge Studies in Higher Education 1
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Druckausg. The future of the post-massified university at the crossroads
    Schlagwort(e): Education, Higher ; Education ; Education ; Education, Higher ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Hochschule ; Änderung ; Identität
    Kurzfassung: The modern university started as an innovative model - a research-driven teaching and service model in the 19th century -, but the contemporary university is in a crisis of identity. The major challenge is how to harmonize different missions, e.g., teaching, research, and service. The triple function has become questionable and research now dominates the other two functions in contemporary higher education. This book takes a step towards further academic and policy discussions on the restructuring the triple functions of university and designing the future of the post-massified university. Contents: 1. The University in the Post-Massification Era: A Conceptual Framework (J.C. Shin and U. Teichler). - PART I. Post-massification and Changing Environments. - 2. The University as an Institution of Higher Learning: Evolution or Devolution? (J.C. Shin). - 3. The University in the Context of Continuing Globalization (D. Neubauer). - 4. Economic Crisis and the Post-massification of Higher Education (J.C. Shin and Y. Kim). - 5. The Internationalization of the University as a Response to Globalization: An East Asian Perspective (A. Yonezawa). - PART II. Teaching, Research, and Service Functions at the Crossroads. - 6. The Scholarship of Teaching, Research, and Service (J.C. Shin). - 7. University Teaching: Restructuring the University as an Institution of Teaching (J.C. Shin). - 8. University Research: The Social Contribution of University Research (S. Marginson). - 9. University Service: Conceptions and Enactments of University Service in the Knowledge Economy - Case Studies from STEM faculty in the US (J. Lee, B. Torres-Olave, A. Kollasch, and G. Rhoades). - PART III. The University as a Social System at the Crossroads. - 10. Possible Futures for Higher Education: Challenges for Higher Education Research (U. Teichler). - 11. Balancing the Scholarship of Teaching and Research, and Faculty Evaluation Systems (A. Arimoto). - 12. Higher Education and the Future Social Order: Equality of Opportunity, Quality, Competitiveness? (U. Teichler). - 13. The University as Public Goods: Ethical Underpinnings (S. Heyneman). - PART 4: The University at the Crossroads. - 14. Redesigning University Systems: Multilayer Multiple Systems (J.C. Shin). - 15. On the Move towards a New Convergent Design of Higher Education Systems? (U. Teichler). - 16. Conclusion (J.C. Shin and U. Teichler). (HoF/text adopted)
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1. Introduction - The University in the Post-Massification Era: A Conceptual FrameworkPART 1: Post-massification and Changing Environments -- PART 2: Teaching, Research, and Service Functions at the Crossroads -- PART 3: The University as a Social System at the Crossroads -- PART 4: The University at the Crossroads.- Conclusion.
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 57
    ISBN: 9789400772816
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (X, 601 p. 102 illus., 57 illus. in color, online resource)
    Serie: Contributions from Science Education Research 1
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Druckausg. Topics and trends in current science education
    Schlagwort(e): Science Study and teaching ; Education ; Education ; Science Study and teaching
    Kurzfassung: This book features 35 of the best papers from the 9th European Science Education Research Association Conference, ESERA 2011, held in Lyon, France, September 5th-9th 2011. The ESERA international conference featured some 1,200 participants from Africa, Asia, Australia, and Europe as well as North and South America offering insight into the field at the end of the first decade of the 21st century. This book presents studies that represent the current orientations of research in science education and includes studies in different educational traditions from around the world. It is organized into six parts around the three poles of science education (content, students, teachers) and their interrelations: after a general presentation of the volume (first part), the second part concerns SSI (Socio- Scientific Issues) dealing with new types of content, the third the teachers, the fourth the students, the fifth the relationships between teaching and learning, and the sixth the teaching resources and the curricula
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Foreword; Contents; Part I: Overview of the Book; Chapter 1: Introduction; 1 Socio-scientific Issues (SSIs) and the Nature of Science (NOS); 2 Teachers' Practices and Teachers' Professional Development; 3 The Students: Multiple Perspectives; 4 Relationship Between Teaching and Learning; 5 Part VI Teaching Resources, Curriculum; Part II: Socio-scientific Issues; Chapter 2: The Need for a Public Understanding of Sciences; References; Chapter 3: Questions Socialement Vives and Socio-­scientific Issues: New Trends of Research to Meet the Training Needs of Postmodern Society; 1 Introduction
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 2 Socially Acute Questions and Socio-scientific Issues2.1 Definition of Socially Acute Questions; 2.2 The Underpinning Links of Socially Acute Questions; 2.3 The Socio-epistemological Approach; 2.4 The Psychosocial Approach; 3 Curriculum Orientations: To 'Cool Down' or to 'Heat Up' the Questions; 3.1 Diversity of Educational Stakes and Pedagogies; 3.2 Epistemological Stances; 3.3 Didactic Strategies; 4 Challenges for Future Post-normal Education; References; Chapter 4: Teachers' Beliefs, Classroom Practices and Professional Development Towards Socio-­scientific Issues; 1 Introduction
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 2 Rationale: Teachers' Commitments to SSI Activities3 Methodology; 3.1 Documenting Teachers' Contribution to a Citizenship Education and SSI Classroom Discussions and Activism; 3.2 An Action-Research Project Based on IBST as the Way and as the Goal to Deal with the Complexity of SSIs; 4 Results; 4.1 Teachers' Contribution to Citizenship Education; 4.2 Factors Influencing Implementation of Classroom Discussions About SSIs; 4.3 Complex Student Teachers' Research and Activism Choices; 4.4 Several Types of IBST and Possibilities for SSI Teaching
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 4.5 Inquiry-Based Teaching to Handle Complex Environmental Issues4.5.1 The First Cycle; 4.5.2 The Second Cycle; 5 Conclusions and Implications; References; Chapter 5: Which Perspectives Are Referred in Students' Arguments About a Socio-scientific Issue? The Case of Bears' Reintroduction in the Pyrenees; 1 Introduction; 1.1 Background and Rationale; 1.1.1 Socio-scientific Issues (SSI) in Science Education; 1.1.2 Making Decisions on an SSI; 1.2 Objective of the Research; 2 Methodology; 2.1 Data Collection; 2.1.1 Research Population; 2.1.2 SSI Classroom Activity Design
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 2.1.3 The SSI Classroom Activity Designed2.2 Data Analysis; 3 Results and Discussion; 4 Conclusions and Implications; References; Chapter 6: Learning About the Role and Function of Science in Public Debate as an Essential Component of Scientific Literacy; 1 Introduction; 2 Suitable Topics for Learning About Science-Based Communications in Societal Debate; 3 Understanding the Individual's Use of Scientific Information in Societal Debates; 4 Modeling the Society's Use of Scientific Information in Societal Debates
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 5 Pedagogies to Learn About Individual's and Society's Handling of Scientific Information
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Part 1: Overview of the bookOverview of the book,    Catherine Bruguière, Andrée Tiberghien, Pierre Clément -- Part 2: Socio-Scientific Issues -- The Need for a Public Understanding of Sciences, Isabelle Stengers -- Questions Socialement Vives and Socio-Scientific Issues: New Trends of Research to Meet the Training Needs of Post-Modern Society, Laurence Simonneaux -- Teachers’ Beliefs, Classroom Practices and Professional Development towards Socio-Scientific Issues, Virginie Albe, Catherine Barrué, Larry Bencze, Anne Kristine Byhring, Lyn Carter, Marcus Grace, Erik Knain, Dankert Kolstø, Pedro Reis and Erin Sperling -- Which perspectives are referred in students’ arguments about a Socio-scientific Issue? The case of Bears’ reintroduction in the Pyrenees, Ana Mª Domènech and Conxita Márquez -- Learning about the role and function of science in public debate as an essential component of scientific literacy, Ingo Eilks, Jan A. Nielsen, Avi Hofstein -- Exploring Secondary Students’ Arguments in the Context of Socio-scientific Issues, Dr. Fatih Çağlayan Mercan, Dr. Buket Yakmacı-Güzel, and Dr. Füsun Akarsu -- Teachers’ Beliefs on Science-Technology-Society (STS) and Nature of Science (NOS): Strengths, Weaknesses, and Teaching Practice, Ángel Vázquez-Alonso; María-Antonia Manassero-Mas; Antonio García-Carmona and Antoni Bennàssar-Roig -- Part 3: Teachers’ Practices and Teachers Professional Development -- Professional Learning of Science Teachers, Jan H. Van Driel --  Nanoeducation: Zooming into Teacher Professional Development Programs in Nanoscience and Technology, Ron Blonder, Ilka Parchmann, Sevil Akaygun, and Virginie Albe -- Education for Sustainable Development: An International Survey on Teachers’ Conceptions, Pierre Clément and Silvia Caravita -- Learning to Teach Science as Inquiry: Developing an Evidence-based Framework for Effective Teacher Professional Development, Barbara A. Crawford, Daniel K. Capps, Jan van Driel, Norman Lederman, Judith Lederman, Julie Luft, Sissy Wong, Aik Ling Tan , Shirley Lim, John Loughran, Kathy Smith -- Weaving Relationships in a Teaching Sequence Using ICT: A Case Study in Optics at Lower Secondary School, Suzane El Hage, Christian Buty -- Inquiry based mathematics and science education across Europe: A synopsis of various approaches and their potentials, Katrin Engeln, Silke Mikelskis-Seifert, Manfred Euler -- Measuring Chemistry Teachers’ Content Knowledge - Is it correlated to Pedagogical Content Knowledge? Oliver Tepner and Sabrina Dollny -- PART 4: The students - Multiple Perspectives -- Boys in Physics Lessons: Focus on Masculinity in an Analysis of Learning Opportunities, Josimeire M. Julio, Arnaldo M. Vaz -- Which Effective Competencies Do Students Use in PISA Assessment of Scientific Literacy? Florence Le Hebel, Pascale Montpied, Andrée Tiberghien -- Development of Understanding in Chemistry, Hannah Sevian, Vicente Talanquer, Astrid M. W. Bulte, Angelica Stacy, Jennifer Claesgens -- Learning Affordances: Understanding Visitors’ Learning in Science Museum Environment, Hyeonjeong Shin, Eun Ji Park, Chan-Jong Kim -- Modelling and Assessing Experimental Competencies in Physics, Heike Theyßen, Horst Schecker, Christoph Gut, Martin Hopf, Jochen Kuhn, Peter Labudde, Andreas Müller, Nico Schreiber, Patrik Vogt -- Understanding Students’ Conceptions of Electromagnetic Induction: A Semiotic Analysis, Jennifer Yeo -- Part 5 Relationships between Teaching and Learning -- Analysing Classroom Activities: Theoretical and Methodological Considerations, Gregory J. Kelly -- The Impact of a Context-led Curriculum on Different Students’ Experiences of School Science, Indira Banner & Jim Ryder -- Students’ Experienced Coherence between Chemistry and Biology in Context-Based Secondary Science Education, Hilde J. Boer, Gjalt T. Prins, Martin J. Goedhart and Kerst Th. Boersma -- The Relationship between Teaching and Learning of Chemical Bonding and Structures, Ray Lee, Maurice M. W. Cheng -- Blending Physical and Virtual Manipulatives in Physics Laboratory Experimentation, Georgios Olympiou & Zacharias C. Zacharia -- Becoming a Health Promoting School: Effects of a three year intervention on school development and pupils, Steffen Schaal -- Disagreement in ‘Ordinary’ Teaching Interactions: A Study of Argumentation in a Science Classroom, Ana Paula Souto-Silva, Danusa Munford -- Analysis of Teaching and Learning Practices in Physics and Chemistry Education: Theoretical and Methodological Issues, Patrice Venturini, Andrée Tiberghien, Claudia von Aufschnaiter, Gregory Kelly, Eduardo Mortimer -- Part 6 Teaching Resources, Curriculum -- Designing a Learning Progression for Teaching and Learning about Matter in Early School Years, Andrés Acher & María Arcà --  ‘Realistic-Fiction Storybooks’ as a Resource for Problematic Questioning of Living Being with Pupils in Primary School, Catherine Bruguière and Eric Triquet -- Nature of Science as Portrayed in the Physics Official Curricula and Textbooks in Hong Kong and on the Mainland of the People’s Republic of China, Ka Lok Cheng and Siu Ling Wong -- On the transfer of teaching-learning materials from one educational setting to another, R. Pintó, M. Hernández, C. P. Constantinou -- CoReflect - Web-based Inquiry Learning Environments on Socio-Scientific issues, Andreas Redfors, Lena Hansson, Eleni A. Kyza, Iolie Nicolaidou, Itay Asher, Iris Tabak, Nicos Papadouris and Christakis Avraam -- Adapting web-based inquiry learning environments from one country to another: The CoReflect experience, Eleni A. Kyza, Christothea Herodotou, Iolie Nicolaidou, Andreas Redfors and Lena Hansson, Sascha Schanze, Ulf Saballus, Nicos Papadouris4, Georgia Michael.
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 58
    ISBN: 9789400779723
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XI, 233 p. 14 illus, online resource)
    Serie: Multilingual Education 9
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Druckausg. Dynamic ecologies
    Schlagwort(e): Applied linguistics ; Language and languages ; Education ; Education ; Applied linguistics ; Language and languages ; Südostasien ; Sprache
    Kurzfassung: This volume provides a fascinating glimpse into the complex language ecologies of Southeast Asia. Adopting a relational perspective, it considers their significance for the region, its peoples, the policy and practice of language teaching, learning and assessment and the fate of local languages. It gives particular prominence to the relationship between English and Chinese, its likely transformation at a time of significant global change and the impact that these two languages and their synergy will have on the place of other languages and dialects. Dynamic Ecologies: A Relational Perspective on Languages Education in the Asia-Pacific Region draws on the research and insights of key scholars in the field and provides case studies that illustrate the impact of relevant language policy in countries including Singapore, Malaysia, Hong Kong, South Korea and Australia
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Part I The Changing Dynamics Between English Language and Mother Tongues in Asian Contexts1. Introduction: A Relational View of Language Learning -- 2. English as a Medium of Instruction in East and Southeast Asian Universities -- 3. Plurilithic and Ecological Perspectives on English: Some Conceptual and Practical Implications -- 4. Global English in Singapore? A Re-exploration of the Localization of English -- 5. Asia and Anglosphere: Public Symbolism and Language Policy in Australia -- 6. English as Lingua Franca on Campus: Cultural Integration or Segregation? -- 7. Socioeconomic Disparities and Early English Education: A Case in Changzhou, China -- 8. English in Malaysia: An Inheritance from the Past and the Challenge for the Future -- Part II Asian Languages in Australia: The Challenges of Teaching, Learning and Assessment -- 9. Recognising the Diversity of Learner Achievements in Learning Asian Languages in School Education Settings -- 10. Dealing with ‘Chinese fever’: The Challenge of Chinese Teaching in the Australian Classroom -- 11. The Teaching and Learning of Indonesian in Australia: Issues and Prospects -- 12. On Rocky Ground: Monolingual Educational Structures and Japanese Language Education in Australia -- 13. Making Chinese Learnable for Beginning Second Language Learners? -- Part III Tensions in the Linguistic Space -- 14. Tensions in the Linguistic Space -- Index.
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 59
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Cham : Springer International Publishing
    ISBN: 9783319054940
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (VII, 180 p. 7 illus, online resource)
    Serie: Educational Governance Research 1
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Druckausg. School boards in the governance process
    Schlagwort(e): Education ; Education ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Schulverwaltung ; Skandinavien
    Kurzfassung: This book analyses local school district governance in a comparative, cross-cultural perspective based on national studies of local school boards in the Nordic countries, Denmark, Finland, Norway and Sweden. The overarching research question explored by the national studies contained in this volume is: How are transnational influences of standardization and accountability, alongside national policies, transformed into local policy cultures by the school boards? In all the Nordic countries, the municipalities are equivalent with the school district level, and municipalities, as such, play a role as the interface between state policies and the schools. This book discusses the variation across different national systems in the Nordic countries in the degree of decentralism, as well as the processes through which sources of political autonomy are put into practice by school boards. It explores the interplay between context and policy-making at the local level, and analyses how local discourses expressed by school boards differ from national policies and trans-national influences. The book’s analysis of the country-cases and thematic chapters shows that there are both important similarities and significant differences in governance functions, power relations and understandings of school board chairs and members between the countries studied. Moreover, the book analyses the many ways in which these similarities and differences affect the work context of school leaders and teachers in the Nordic countries
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1. Comparing Nordic Educational Governance; Lejf Moos and Jan Merok PaulsenPart 1: Country Reports -- 2. School Boards in Denmark; Lejf Moos, Klaus Kasper Kofod and Ulf Brinkkjær -- 3. School Boards in Finland; Mika Risku, Pekka Kanervio and Seppo Pulkinen -- 4. School Boards in Norway; Jan Merok Paulsen and Mona Strand -- 5. School Boards in Sweden; Olof Johansson, Elisabet Nihlfors and Linda Jervik Steen -- Part 2: Thematic Chapters -- 6. Educational Governance: Politics, Administration and Professionalism; Lejf Moos (Denmark), Jan Merok Paulsen (Norway), Elisabet Nihlfors (Sweden), Pekka Kanervio and Seppo Pulkinen (Finland) -- 7. Control and Trust in Local School Governance; Hans Christian Höyer and Jan Merok Paulsen (Norway), Elisabet Nihlfors (Sweden), Klaus Kasper Kofod (Denmark), Pekka Kanervio and Seppo Pulkinen (Finland) -- 8. The School Boards between Power and Influence; Kasper Kofod (Denmark), Jan Merok Paulsen (Norway), Olof Johansson (Sweden), Pekka Kanervio and Seppo Pulkkinen (Finland) -- 9. Role and Influence of School Boards on improving Educational Quality; Elisabet Nihlfors (Sweden), Guri Skedsmo and Jan Merok Paulsen (Norway), Lejf Moos (Denmark), Pekka Kanervio and Seppo Pulkinen (Finland) -- 10. Multi Level Governance; Jan Merok Paulsen and Mona Strand (Norway), Elisabet Nihlfors (Sverige), Ulf Brinkkjær (Denmark), Pekka Kanervio, Seppo Pulkkinen (Finland) -- 11. Globalisation, Europeanisation of Nordic Governance; Jan Merok Paulsen and Lejf Moos -- Author Biographies.
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 60
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401787956
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: XVIII, 267 p. 2 illus
    Serie: Lifelong Learning Book Series 21
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    DDC: 306.43
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Education ; Education Philosophy ; Adult education
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 61
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400772298
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XI, 178 p, online resource)
    Serie: Lifelong Learning Book Series 18
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Druckausg. Hopkins, Neil Citizenship and democracy in further and adult education
    Schlagwort(e): Adult education ; Education ; Education ; Education Philosophy ; Adult education
    Kurzfassung: This book addresses the questions why citizenship education is an important subject for students in further and adult education and why we need democratic colleges to support the study of citizenship education. It investigates the historical roots of further and adult education and identifies how the adoption of citizenship education in the post-compulsory sector can enrich vocational studies in further education and programmes in adult education. It is argued that democratic colleges are vital to ensure that citizenship education informs the decision-making process throughout educational institutions (and as a means of establishing fair and equal representation for important stakeholders). The author has worked in both sectors for over a decade, and uses this experience to offer a blend of educational practice and philosophical investigation. The result is a work that appeals to both teachers in further and adult education as well as academics and students interested in philosophy of education
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1. Introduction2. Citizenship and Political Philosophy -- 3. Further and Adult Education: An Overview of Citizenship -- 4. The Apprenticeship Tradition in Further Education -- 5. Vocational Education: A European Perspective -- 6. The Self-Help Tradition in Adult Education -- 7. College Governance and Deliberative Democracy -- 8. Conclusion -- References -- Index.
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 62
    ISBN: 9789400768307
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XXII, 410 p. 42 illus, online resource)
    Serie: The Changing Academy – The Changing Academic Profession in International Comparative Perspective 9
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Druckausg. Teaching and research in contemporary higher education
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Education, Higher ; Education ; Education ; Education, Higher ; Universities and colleges ; Research institutes ; Universities and colleges ; Professional staff ; Academic freedom ; Learning and scholarship ; Hochschule ; Lehre ; Forschung ; Online-Ressource
    Kurzfassung: This book discusses how teaching and research have been weighted differently in academia in 18 countries and one region, Hong Kong SAR, based on an international comparative study entitled the Changing Academic Profession (CAP). It addresses these issues using empirical evidence, the CAP data. Specifically, the focus is on how teaching and research are defined in each higher education system, how teaching and research are preferred and conducted by academics, and how academics are rewarded by their institution. Since the establishment of Berlin University in 1810, there has been controversy on teaching and research as the primary functions of universities and academics. The controversy increased when Johns Hopkins University was established in 1876 with only graduate programs, and more recently with the release of the Carnegie Foundation report Scholarship Reconsidered by Ernest L. Boyer in 1990. Since the publication of Scholarship Reconsidered in 1990, higher education scholars and policymakers began to pay attention to the details of teaching and research activities, a kind of ‘black box’ because only individual academics know how they conduct teaching and research in their own contexts
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Preface; Contents; Notes on Editors; Notes on Contributors; Chapter 1: Teaching and Research in Contemporary Higher Education: An Overview; 1.1 International Differences in the Teaching-Research Balance; 1.2 The Knowledge Explosion and the Diversification of Organizational Models; 1.2.1 The Global Stratification of Academic Systems; 1.2.2 Expansion and Diversification of Purpose; 1.3 The Inevitable Tensions Between Academic and Organizational Priorities; 1.3.1 Patterns of System Coordination; 1.3.2 The Emergence of Organizations to Protect the Academic Profession; 1.4 Organization of the Book
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: ReferencesPart I: Theoretical Basis; Chapter 2: The Teaching and Research Nexus in the Third Wave Age; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 The Necessity of the Teaching and Research Nexus; 2.2.1 Effects of the Knowledge Society; 2.2.2 Logic of Academic Discipline; 2.2.3 Mechanism of Academic Work and the Teaching and Learning Nexus; 2.3 R-T-S Nexus in the Age of Third Wave; 2.3.1 Problems of Third Wave Age; 2.3.2 Logic of R-T-S Nexus as a Mission of the Academic Profession; 2.4 Conflicts Between Ideal and Reality: Carnegie and CAP Surveys; 2.4.1 1992 Survey; 2.4.2 2007 Survey; 2.4.3 Research Orientation
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 2.5 Perspective of the Twenty-First Century: Integration Is an Inevitable Problem to Be Dealt With2.5.1 Uncertainty as well as an Unpredictable Future; 2.5.2 Characteristics of the Academic Organization and the Mission of Academic Profession; 2.5.3 Division of Labor Between University and Nonuniversity Institutions; 2.6 Concluding Remarks; References; Chapter 3: The Research Role in Comparative Perspective; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Historical Overview of Academic Research; 3.3 Perceptions of Research; 3.4 Massification and Diversification; 3.4.1 Vertical Differentiation of Institutional Types
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 3.4.2 "Horizontal" Differentiation of Academic Fields3.5 Diversity of Disciplinary Research Styles; 3.6 Funding of Research; 3.7 STEM Research Outputs; 3.8 Conclusions; References; Chapter 4: Teaching and Curriculum Development Across Countries; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Research Framework and Method; 4.2.1 A Conceptual Framework; 4.2.2 Method; 4.2.3 Limitation; 4.3 Results; 4.4 Discussion; 4.5 Conclusion; References; Part II: Research Focused Systems; Chapter 5: Teaching and Research in Germany: The Notions of University Professors; 5.1 The Functions of Academics: Varying by Institutional Types
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 5.2 The Analysis Envisaged5.3 Higher Education in Germany: Traditions and Recent Changes; 5.4 The Balance of Teaching and Research: Preferences and Actual Work Time; 5.5 Select Aspects of Teaching; 5.6 Select Aspects of Research; 5.7 Links Between Teaching and Research; 5.8 Interindividual Comparison: Impact of Teaching and Research Approaches; 5.9 Concluding Observations; References; Chapter 6: Teaching and Research at Italian Universities: Continuities and Changes; 6.1 Introduction; 6.2 The Historical Development of Italian University
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 6.3 Reshaping the Academic Profession: The University Reform of 1980
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Introduction: Teaching and Research in Contemporary Higher Education: An Overview; Cummings and ShinPART I. Theoretical Basis -- 2. The Teaching and Research Nexus in the Third Wave Age; Arimoto -- 3. The Research Role in Comparative Perspective; Cummings -- 4. Teaching and Curriculum Development across Countries; Huang -- PART II. Research Focused Systems -- 5. Teaching and Research in Germany: The Notions of University Professors; Teichler -- 6. Teaching and Research at Italian Universities: Continuities and Changes; Rostan -- 7. The Changing Balance of Teaching and Research in the Dutch Binary Higher Education System; De Weert and Van der Kaap -- 8. The Scholarly Question in Finland: to Teach or not to Teach; Aarrevaara, Dobson and Postareff -- 9. Teaching and Research: perspectives from Portugal; Santiago, Sousa, Carvalho, Marchado-Taylor and Dias -- 10. Teaching and Research of Korean Academics across Career Stages; Shin, Jung and Kim -- PART III. Teaching Focused Systems -- 11. The Divergent Worlds of Teaching and Research among Mexican Faculty: Tendencies and Implications; Galaz-Fontes, Martinez-Stack, Estevez-Nenninger, Padilla-Gonzalez, Gil-Anton, Sevilla-Garcia and Arcos-Vega -- 12. Research and Teaching in a Diverse Institutional Environment: Converging Values and Diverging Practices in Brazil; Schwartzman and Balbachevsky -- 13. Current Challenges Facing the Academic Profession in Argentina: Tensions between Teaching and Research; Leal and Marquina -- 14. Teaching and Research in Malaysian Public Universities: Synergistic or Antagonistic?; Azman, Pang, Sirat and Yunus -- 15. From Teachers to Perfect Humboldtian Persons to Academic Superpersons: The Teaching and Research Activities of the South African Academic Profession; Wolhuter -- PART IV. Teaching and Research Balanced Systems -- 16. The Balance between Teaching and Research in the Work Life of American Academics; Finkelstein -- 17. Teaching and Research in English Higher Education: The Fragmentation, Diversification and Reorganization of Academic Work, 1992-2007; Locke -- 18. Teaching, Research and the Canadian Professoriate; Jones, Gopaul, Weinrib, Metcalfe, Fisher, Gingras and Rubenson -- 19. Australian Academics, Teaching and Research: History, Vexed issues and Potential Changes; Bentley, Goedegebuure and Meek -- Concluding Observations -- 20. Teaching and Research across Higher Education Systems: A Typology and Implications; Shin and Cummings -- 21. Teaching and Research: A Vulnerable Linkage?; Teichler and Arimoto.
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 63
    ISBN: 9783319019406
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (VIII, 281 p. 27 illus., 13 illus. in color, online resource)
    Serie: Research in Networked Learning
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Druckausg.
    Schlagwort(e): Education ; Education
    Kurzfassung: The Design, Experience and Practice of Networked Learning Edited by: Vivien Hodgson, Maarten de Laat, David McConnell and Thomas Ryberg This book brings together a wealth of new research that opens up the meaning of connectivity as embodied and promised in the term ‘networked learning’. Chapters explore how contexts, groups and environments can be connected rather than just learners; how messy, unexpected and emergent connections can be made rather than structured and predefined ones; and how technology connects us to learning and each other, but also shapes our identity. These exciting new perspectives ask us to look again at what we are connecting and to revel in new and emergent possibilities arising from the interplay of social actors, contexts, technologies, and learning. Caroline Haythornthwaite, University of British Columbia Despite creating fundamentally new educational economics and greatly increasing access - teaching and learning in networks is a tricky business. These chapters illuminate the complex interactions amongst tools, pedagogy, educational institutions and personal net presences - helping us design and redesign our own networks. In the process, they take (or extract) network theory from the practice of real teaching and learning contexts, making this collection an important contribution to Networked Learning. Terry Anderson, Athabasca University What kinds of learning can social networking platforms really enable? Digging well beneath the hype, this book provides a timely, incisive analysis of why and how learning emerges (or fails to) in networked spaces. The editors do a fine job in guiding the reader through the rich array of theories and methods for tackling this question, and the diverse contexts in which networked learning is now being studied. This is a book for reflective practitioners as well as academics: the book's close attention to the political, pedagogical and organisational complexity of effective practice, and the lived experience of educators and learners, helps explain why networked learning has such disruptive potential - but equally, why it draws resistance from the establishment. Simon Buckingham Shum, The Open University The chapters in this volume explore new and innovative ways of thinking about the nature of networked learning and its pedagogical values and beliefs. They pose a challenge to us to reflect on what we thought networked learning was 15 year ago, where it is today and where it is likely to be ...
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: -- Introduction - Researching Design, Experience and Practice of Networked Learning: an Overview -- Implications for Networked Learning of the ‘Practice’ Side of Social Practice Theories - a Tacit-knowledge Perspective -- Designing for Learning in Coupled Contexts -- Making the Right Connections: Implementing the Objects of Practice into a Network for Learning -- Teachers’ Use of Learning Technology in a South-Asian context -- Here be Dragons: Approaching Difficult Group Issues in Networked Learning -- Understanding Emerging Knowledge Spillovers in Small-group Learning Settings; a Networked Learning Perspective -- Changing the Rules of the Game - Using Blogs for Online Discussions in Higher Education -- Blended Problem-Based Learning: Designing Collaboration Opportunities for Unguided Group Research Through the Use of Web 2.0 tools -- Online Learning Communities for Teachers' Continuous Professional Development: An Action Research Study of eTwinning Learning Events -- Analysing Learning Ties to Stimulate Continuous Professional Development in the Workplace -- Learning Through Network Interaction: The Potential of Ego-Networks -- Mobile Learning and Immutable Mobiles: Using iPhones to Support Informal Learning in Craft Brewing.
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 64
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Cham : Springer International Publishing
    ISBN: 9783319024233
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XIV, 251 p. 49 illus., 48 illus. in color, online resource)
    Serie: Educational Communications and Technology: Issues and Innovations 8
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Druckausg. Design alchemy
    Schlagwort(e): Education ; Education ; Lehr-Lern-Forschung
    Kurzfassung: The provision of online learning is increasing almost exponentially, with both established and emerging educational institutions creating new and revised courses to meet the needs of students demanding flexible access and delivery. However, the staff recruited to support this development often does not have the design skills or experience to generate courses that bear the hallmarks of effective online learning experiences. While the principles associated with the practice of instructional design provided pedagogical guidance for these design efforts, it remains commonplace for courses to present as little more than information delivery with no clear strategies for student engagement and interaction. The purpose of this book is to expand on the design concepts documented by the lead author and to present both a design framework and design strategies that will allow organisations to provide courses that embed the affordances of the online, social environment and maximize opportunities for engagement and learning in formal learning contexts. The authors contend that to truly achieve the potential of learning in an online environment, designers need to be alchemists - ensuring the current face-to-face classroom "gold" is not turned to lead and to transform those "leaden" online courses that do not engage or provide interaction into motivating and engaging "golden" learning experiences
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: ForewardPreface --   Why Alchemy? -- Why Design Alchemy? -- How did Design Alchemy emerge? -- Which Learning Theories? -- Instructional Design or Design Alchemy? -- Learning Design or Design Alchemy?.- Insight or Distraction? -- What is the Design Alchemy Pedagogy? -- How Does the Design Alchemist Practice? -- What Are the Assets of Design Alchemy? -- Transforming Programs and Courses -- Activities and Assessment -- Understanding Design Alchemy -- Design Alchemy Templates -- Design Alchemy: A Manifesto -- Index.
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 65
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400770096
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XVII, 454 p. 149 illus., 106 illus. in color, online resource)
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Druckausg.
    Schlagwort(e): Mathematics ; Science Study and teaching ; Education ; Education ; Mathematics ; Science Study and teaching
    Kurzfassung: This book deals with uncertainty and graphing in scientific discovery work from a social practice perspective. It is based on a 5-year ethnographic study in an advanced experimental biology laboratory. The book shows how, in discovery work where scientists do not initially know what to make of graphs, there is a great deal of uncertainty and scientists struggle in trying to make sense of what to make of graphs. Contrary to the belief that scientists have no problem “interpreting” graphs, the chapters in this book make clear that uncertainty about their research object is tied to uncertainty of the graphs. It may take scientists several years of struggle in their workplace before they find out just what their graphs are evidence of. Graphs turn out to stand to the entire research in a part/whole relation, where scientists not only need to be highly familiar with the context from which their data are extracted but also with the entire process by means of which the natural world comes to be transformed and represented in the graph. This has considerable implications for science, technology, engineering, and mathematics education at the secondary and tertiary level, as well as in vocational training. This book discusses and elaborates these implications
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: PrefacePART A: INTRODUCTION -- 1. Toward a Dynamic Theory of Graphing -- PART B: GRAPHING IN A DISCOVERY SCIENCE -- 2. Radical Uncertainty in/of the Discovery Sciences -- 3. Uncertainties in/of Data Generation -- 4. Coping with Variability -- 5. Undoing Decontextualization -- 6. On Contradictions in Data Interpretation -- 7. A Scientific Revolution that Was Not -- 8. Some Lessons from Discovery Science -- PART C: RETHEORIZING GRAPHING -- 9. Graphing*-in-the-Making -- 10. Graphing in, for, and as Societal Relation -- PART D: UNCERTAINTY AND GRAPHING IN STEM EDUCATION -- 11. Uncertainty, Inquiry, Bricolage.-12. Data and Graphing in STEM Education -- PART D: EPILOGUE -- 13. Discovery Science and Authentic Learning -- Appendix -- References -- Index.
    Anmerkung: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 66
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400727151
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XIII, 215 p. 103 illus, online resource)
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Druckausg. Brousseau, Guy Teaching Fractions through Situations: A Fundamental Experiment
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Mathematics ; Education ; Education ; Mathematics
    Kurzfassung: This work presents one of the original and fundamental experiments of Didactique, a research program whose underlying tenet is that Mathematics Education research should be solidly based on scientific observation. Here the observations are of a series of adventures that were astonishing for both the students and the teachers: the reinvention of fractions and of decimal numbers in a sequence of lessons and situations that permitted the students to construct the concepts for themselves. The book leads the reader through the highlights of the sequence's structure and some of the reasoning behind the lesson choices. It then presents explanations of some of the principal concepts of the Theory of Situations. In the process, it offers the reader the opportunity to join a lively set of fifth graders as they experience a particularly attractive set of lessons and master a topic that baffles many of their contemporaries
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1. The Adventure of the Students2. Viewing the Adventure from the Perspective of Teachers and Researchers -- 3. Some Key Concepts and Terms from the Theory of Situations -- 4. The Setting for the Adventure -- 5. Description of the Center for Observation for Research in Mathematics Education -- 6. Conclusions and future directions.
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 67
    ISBN: 9789400767638
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (IX, 322 p. 63 illus, online resource)
    Serie: ASTE Series in Science Education 1
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Druckausg. Science teacher educators as K-12 teachers
    Schlagwort(e): Science Study and teaching ; Education ; Education ; Science Study and teaching
    Kurzfassung: Science teacher educators prepare and provide professional development for teachers at all grade levels. They seek to improve conditions in classroom teaching and learning, professional development, and teacher recruitment and retention. Science Teacher Educators as K-12 Teachers: Practicing What We Teach tells the story of sixteen teacher educators who stepped away from their traditional role and entered the classroom to teach children and adolescents in public schools and informal settings. It details the practical and theoretical insights that these members of the Association of Science Teacher Educators (ASTE) earned from experiences ranging from periodic guest teaching to full-time engagement in the teaching role. Science Teacher Educators as K-12 Teachers shows science teacher educators as professionals engaged in reflective analysis of their beliefs about and experiences with teaching children or adolescents science. With their ideas about instruction and learning challenged, these educators became more aware of the circumstances today's teachers face. Their honest accounts reveal that through teaching children and adolescents, teacher educators can also renew themselves and expand their identities as well as their understanding of themselves in the profession and in relation to others. Science Teacher Educators as K-12 Teachers will appeal to all those with an interest in science education, from teacher educators to science teachers, as well as teacher educators in other disciplines. Its narratives and insights may even inspire more teacher educators to envision new opportunities to serve teachers, K-12 learners and the local community through a variety of teaching arrangements in public schools and informal education settings
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Introduction, Kathy Cabe TrundlePracticing What We Teach, Michael Dias -- K-12 Teaching with no Ties to University -- Policy and the Planned Curriculum: Teaching High School Biology Every Day, Carolyn S. Wallace -- Get Real! Walking the Walk to Inform Talking the Talk: Full-time Teaching in an Urban High School, Paul Jablon -- The Nail in the Coffin: How Returning to the Classroom Killed My Belief in Schooling (But Not in Public Education), Don Duggan-Haas -- K-12 Teaching During University Sabbatical -- Becoming an Elementary Teacher of Nature of Science: Lessons Learned for Teaching Elementary Science, Valarie L. Akerson, Ingrid S. Weiland, Vanashri Nargund-Joshi, Khemmawadee Pongsanon -- A Sabbatical as a Middle Grades Science Teacher: Building New Practical Knowledge for Practice, Charles J. Eick -- Ten Years Out: The Long-Term Benefits of a Year Working as a Physical Science Teacher, Lee Meadows -- Elementary Science Teaching, Then and Now, Edward L. Shaw, Jr -- Being Ready to Learn: My Experience Differentiating Science with Third Graders, Mark Guy -- K-12 Teaching in a Summer Program -- Science Teacher Educator’s Partnership Experiences Teaching Urban Middle School Students in Multiple Informal Settings, Sherri L. Brown -- Differentiating through Problem-Based Learning: Learning to ExploreMore! with Gifted Students, Neporcha Cone, Bongani Bantwini, Ethel King-McKenzie, Barry Bogan -- Learning from Fourth and Fifth Graders in a Summer School for English Language Learners, Molly H. Weinburgh, Cecilia Silva, Kathy Smith -- K-12 Teaching While University Professor -- Teaching High School Chemistry as a University Science Educator: One Small Investment with a Significant Return, MaryKay Orgill, Patricia M. Friedrichsen -- Improving Theories and Practices Through Collaborative Self-studies of Urban Science Teaching and Learning, Kenneth Tobin -- K-12 Teaching as Professor in Coteaching Role -- Gaining a New Perspective: Co-Teaching with Elementary Pre-Service Teachers,  Leslie U. Bradbury -- Reestablishing the Role of the University Professor in the Laboratory School: Re-tooling in An Elementary Classroom, Kimberly Lott -- Improving Science Teacher Education Practice: Influence from Professional Development School Involvement, G. Nathan Carnes -- Final Thoughts -- Teaching Youth Again: Reflecting on Renewal, Charles J. Eick, Laurie Brantley-Dias, Michael Dias -- Closing, Jack Hassard.
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 68
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Cham : Springer International Publishing
    ISBN: 9783319028248
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: XIX, 322 p. 139 illus
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    DDC: 306.43
    Schlagwort(e): Education
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 69
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401785457
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XXIII, 422 p. 134 illus, online resource)
    Serie: Literacy Studies, Perspectives from Cognitive Neurosciences, Linguistics, Psychology and Education 9
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Druckausg. Handbook of Arabic literacy
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Arabic languages ; Psycholinguistics ; Language and languages ; Literacy ; Education ; Education ; Arabic languages ; Psycholinguistics ; Language and languages ; Literacy
    Kurzfassung: This book provides a synopsis of recently published empirical research into the acquisition of reading and writing in Arabic. Its particular focus is on the interplay between the linguistic and orthographic structure of Arabic and the development of reading and writing/spelling. In addition, the book addresses the socio-cultural, political, and educational milieu in which Arabic literacy is embedded. It enables readers to appreciate both the implications of empirical research to literacy enhancement, and the challenges and limitations to the applicability of such insights in the Arabic language and literacy context. The book will advance the understanding of the full context of literacy acquisition in Arabic with the very many factors (religious, historical, linguistic, etc.) that interact, and will, hence, contribute to weakening the anglocentricity that dominates discussions of this topic
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: PrefaceForeword -- Introduction -- PART ONE: THE ARABIC LANGUAGE. Chapter 1: The Structure of Arabic Language and Orthography -- PART TWO: ARABIC LEXICAL REPRESENTATION AND PROCESSING. Chapter 2: Is the Arabic Mental Lexicon Morpheme-based or Stem-based? Implications for Spoken and Written Word Recognition -- Chapter 3: Word Recognition in Arabic: Approaching a Language-Specific Reading Model -- Chapter 4: Why is it Hard to Read Arabic? -- PART THREE: ARABIC READING AND SPELLING DEVELOPMENT AND DISORDERS. Chapter 5: An Epidemiological Survey of Specific Reading and Spelling Disorders in Arabic Speaking Children in Egypt -- Chapter 6: Types of Developmental Dyslexia in Arabic -- Chapter 7: Narrative Development in Arabic: Story Re-telling -- Chapter 8: Cognitive Predictors of Early Reading Ability in Arabic: A Longitudinal Study from Kindergarten to Grade 2 -- PART FOUR: ARABIC DIGLOSSIA, LANGUAGE AND LITERACY. Chapter 9: The Effect of Diglossia on Literacy in Arabic and Other Languages -- Chapter 10: Acquiring Literacy in a Diglossic Context: Problems and Prospects -- Chapter 11: A New Look at Diglossia: Modality-Driven Distinctions between Spoken and Written Narratives in Jordanian Arabic -- Chapter 12: Literacy Acquisition and Diglossia: Textbooks in Israeli Arabic-speaking Schools -- Chapter 13: Diglossic Knowledge Development in Typically Developing Native Arabic-speaking Children and the Development of ADAT (Arabic Diglossic Knowledge and Awareness Test) -- PART FIVE: ARABIC EMERGENT LITERACY: SOCIO-CULTURAL FACTORS. Chapter 14: The Development of Young Children’s Arabic Language and Literacy in the United Arab Emirates -- Chapter 15: Mother-Child Literacy Activities and Early Literacy in the Israeli Arab Family -- PART SIX: ARABIC LITERACY DEVELOPMENT IN SPECIAL POPULATIONS. Chapter 16: Environmental Contributions to Language and Literacy Outcomes in Bilingual English-Arabic Children in the U.S.A. -- Chapter 17: The Development of Grapho-phonemic Representations among Native Hebrew Speakers Learning Arabic as a Foreign Language -- Chapter 18: Braille Reading in Blind and Sighted Individuals: Educational Considerations and Experimental Evidence -- Subject Index -- Author Index.
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 70
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Cham : Springer International Publishing
    ISBN: 9783319092775
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XV, 107 p, online resource)
    Serie: SpringerBriefs in Education
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Druckausg. Mimetic learning at work
    Schlagwort(e): Medical Education ; Adult education ; Education ; Education ; Medical Education ; Adult education ; Berufliche Qualifikation ; Handlungsorientiertes Lernen ; Erfahrungsorientiertes Lernen
    Kurzfassung: This book examines the concept of mimetic learning at work and discusses processes of observation, imitation and practice that is central to learn through and for work. It elaborates the contributions to that learning from the experiences and lessons gained from social sources and the natural world, and individuals’ particular ways of engaging in and responding to what is experienced in the circumstances of occupational practice. The book presents an account of how securing occupational capacities needs to be seen primarily as a learning process and provides an explanatory account of that process. It proposes that this process is the most common and enduring means of human learning of occupational practices and associated development. The book is well aligned with and informs current discussions on and considerations of how individuals learn through and for work. Up until now, such considerations are usually based on educational precepts and practices (i.e. associated with programs and teaching) and look to the circumstances of work practice and deliberate ways of augmenting or promoting what has been learnt in educational programs. However, analyses of the development of occupational capacities emphasize the importance of individuals’ learning processes, albeit those exercised within and outside of direct guidance by more expert partners. The latter is important as much of the learning and development across individuals’ working lives occurs outside of circumstances of direct guidance or instruction
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: PrefaceChapter 1 - Mimetic learning in and for work -- Chapter 2- Learning through practice across human history -- Chapter 3- Work-life learning as mimetic -- Chapter 4 - Supporting mimetic learning: Curriculum, pedagogic and personal epistemologies -- Chapter 5 - Implications for practice -- References -- Indexes.
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 71
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Cham : Springer International Publishing
    ISBN: 9783319008370
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XI, 107 p, online resource)
    Serie: SpringerBriefs in Education
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Druckausg. Rabindranath Tagore
    Schlagwort(e): Education ; Education ; Education Philosophy ; Biografie ; Tagore, Rabindranath 1861-1941 ; Tagore, Rabindranath 1861-1941 ; Erziehungsphilosophie ; Visva-Bharati
    Kurzfassung: This new addition to Springer’s series on Key Thinkers in World Education tracks the intellectual and philosophical journey of a trail-blazing innovator whose ideas have fired the imaginations of progressive educationalists for almost a century. The volume’s in-depth analysis of the educational philosophy of Bengali polymath Rabindranath Tagore offers an unrivalled focus on his highly influential views. Tagore-poet, internationalist, humanist, and the first non-European to win the Nobel Prize for literature-lived on the cusp of change between two momentous centuries in world civilization and foresaw the dissolution of colonialism and the globalization of culture. His ideas on education placed the creative individual at the centre of the quest for knowledge. Eschewing the artificial distinctions between elementary and higher learning, he advocated the importance of sowing the seed of humanism as early as possible, and fostering the individual’s enjoyment of education as well as their courage to challenge conventions. In doing so, he anticipated the modern concern with critical thinking at the same time as he was encouraging independence of thought and action as a counter to colonial oppression and condescension. Concise yet thorough, this volume on one of the most original thinkers of the last century covers every aspect of Tagore’s highly original educational philosophy
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Chapter 1 IntroductionChapter 2 The Emerging Picture - A Social-historical Perspective and the Significant Personalities -- Chapter 3 Progressive Ideas and the Idea of the Tapovana -- Chapter 4 Visva-Bharati: The Transnational Centre of Education -- Chapter 5 Extension of the Self and Rural Reconstruction -- Chapter 6 Conclusion: The Home and the World.
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 72
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400769229
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XVI, 237 p. 39 illus, online resource)
    Serie: Educating the Young Child, Advances in Theory and Research, Implications for Practice 8
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Druckausg.
    Schlagwort(e): Early childhood education ; Educational psychology ; Developmental psychology ; Education ; Education ; Early childhood education ; Educational psychology ; Developmental psychology ; Kind ; Sozialverhalten ; Einfühlung ; Entwicklungspsychologie ; Sozialkompetenz ; Einfühlung ; Pädagogische Psychologie
    Kurzfassung: In response to highly publicized incidents of school violence, educators across the United States and in many other nations are seeking effective ways to prevent and modify aggressive and anti-social behaviors in students. One of the major recommendations of the research is that efforts to prevent cruelty need to begin early, during the early childhood years of birth through age eight. The focus of Teaching Compassion: Humane Education in Early Childhood is guiding young children to accept responsibility for and to be kind in their interactions with fellow human beings, animals and the environment. Although humane education is a relatively new concept in the field of early childhood education, professionals in the field are very familiar with many of the related concepts, including: promoting positive interpersonal interactions, teaching children the skills of self-regulation, giving children experience in caring for living things and protecting the environment. This edited volume is an interdisciplinary compendium of professional wisdom gathered from experts in the fields of education, child development, science, psychology, sociology and humane organizations. As the book amply documents, the concept of humane education is powerful, integrative, timely and appropriate in work with young children. Teaching Compassion: Humane Education in Early Childhood shows how it is possible for adults dedicated to the care and education of young children to balance attention to the cognitive and affective realms and, in so doing, to elevate the overall quality of early childhood programs for children, families and communities
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Foreword; Mary RivkinPart One: Foundations of Humane Education -- Editor’s Introduction -- 1. Humane Education and the Development of Empathy in Early Childhood:  Definition, Rationale and Outcomes; Mary Renck Jalongo -- 2. Short-Term Interventions that Accomplish Humane Education Goals: An International Review of the Research; Virginio Aguirre and Agustín Orihuela -- 3. Using Interactions between Children and Companion Animals to Build Skill in Self-Regulation and Emotional Regulation; Wanda Boyer -- 4. Teaching Preservice Early Childhood Educators about Humane Education; Tunde Szecsi -- 5. Humane Education and Education for Sustainable Development:  Educational Initiatives with Common Goals; Nicole B. Stants -- Part Two: Homes and Communities -- 6. Animals in the Family:  Antecedents of Compassion and Violence; Marjorie L. Stanek -- 7. Including Animals in Play Therapy for Young Children and Families; Risë VanFleet -- 8. Foundational Humane Education:  Love of Nature and Affinity for Animals; Nancy Bires -- 9. Collaborating to Create Community Disaster Plans That Save Human and Animal Lives; Holly Travis -- Part Three: Humane Education in the Early Childhood Curriculum and Beyond -- 10. The Role of Therapy Animals in Promoting Humane Education Concepts; Lori Friesen -- 11. Beyond Words-Using Language and Literature to Teach Compassion for Others; Patricia A. Crawford -- 12. Initiatives of Intermountain Therapy Animals, Inc. that Promote Humane Education; Kathy Klotz -- 13. Guardians of the Earth:  Teaching Children to Care for All Living Things; Audrey Rule and Ksenia S. Zhbanova -- 14. Humane Education in the Early Childhood Science Curriculum; Amanda K. Onion -- Epilogue: The Promise of Humane Education in the Early Years; Zoe Weil.        .
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 73
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Cham : Springer International Publishing
    ISBN: 9783319030838
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XI, 219 p. 16 illus, online resource)
    Serie: Educational Research 8
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Druckausg. Educational research: material culture and its representation
    Schlagwort(e): Science History ; Social sciences Methodology ; Education ; Education ; Science History ; Education Philosophy ; Social sciences Methodology ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Bildungsforschung
    Kurzfassung: This collection discusses and illustrates how educational research is affected by the economic, institutional and physical contingencies of its time, and in our time even increasingly is driven by them. It is argued that the antidote to this is, however, not to aspire to ‘thought itself’, but instead to do justice to its own rootedness in the ‘material’, including textuality. From an historical point of view such an innovative approach can itself revamp the material scholarly culture and the way it is represented. The chapters address a variety of topics such as the cultural heritage of the school desk, the significance of images for research into long-term educational processes, the way iconic signs function, and how modes of enquiry relate to the materiality of education. Attention is also given to standards for reporting on educational research studies and how these limit the scope and communication and moreover shape researchers, to the forms of citation practices as substantially influencing methods and content, and to the centrality of conversation not just as the means to an end but as what matters; further to representational and to non-representational theories for educational research. Some examples are drawn from the area of arts-based educational research, from mathematics education, and from the discourse on universities. In this rich and diverse collection, Paul Smeyers and Marc Depaepe have awakened educational theory and the practices of educational research to the ‘material turn’ currently stimulating fresh and innovative approaches to critical enquiry all across contemporary anthropology and the social sciences. In restoring to education a much-needed attentiveness to the object, the image, the collection, the body, the textures of the external environment, the bricolage of everyday and academic material encounters and metaphors, the essays in this volume significantly extend the repertoire of resources and methods through which we come to understand and critique the place of learning, teaching and meaning-making in our lives. Prof Robert A. Davis, University of Glasgow, Scotland, UK The different chapters of this book reveal the fruitful results of a community of scholars engaged in what Montaigne might have described as “playful conversation”. Philosophers and historians of education are gathered here together to envision material culture both as an object of study and as an approach. By asking the reader to think seriou ...
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1. On the tangible material culture of child-rearing, education, and educational researchPaul Smeyers & Marc Depaepe -- 2. Valorising the cultural heritage of the school desk through historical research; Marc Depaepe, Frank Simon & Pieter Verstraete -- 3. Mirrors of reality? Material culture and the significance of images for research into long-term educational processes; Jeroen J.H. Dekker -- 4. Visual, literary and numerical perspectives on education: materiality, presence and interpretation; Karin Priem -- 5. Education and the ‘new totalitarianism’: How standards for reporting on empirical studies of education limit the scope of academic research and communication; Sophie Ward -- 6. Materials that shape researchers; Naomi Hodgson -- 7. The Tractarian template in the representation of educational research: Can we ever depart from the picture of logical empiricism?; Paul Smeyers -- 8. The ethics of materiality: Some insights from non-representational theory for educational research; Lynn Fendler -- 9. Mud and hair: an essay on the conditions of educational research; Richard Smith -- 10. Material and aesthetic tensions within arts-based educational research: Drawing woodpaths; Maureen K. Michael & Ian Munday -- 11. Olympification versus aesthetization: The appeal of mathematics outside the classroom; Kathleen Coessens, Karen François & Jean Paul Van Bendegem -- 12. Signs of the times: Iconography of a new education; Paul Standish -- 13. The paradigmatic differences between name/date and footnote styles of citation; Nick Burbules -- 14. Conversation - in the construction and representation of research; David Bridges -- 15. About the Authors -- Author Index - Subject Index.  .
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 74
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400777149
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (X, 90 p. 16 illus, online resource)
    Serie: SpringerBriefs in Education
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Druckausg. Englander, Karen Writing and Publishing Science Research Papers in English
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Language and languages ; Literacy ; Education ; Education ; Language and languages ; Literacy ; Berufliche Qualifikation ; Lerntechnik ; Unterrichtsmethode ; Lehrbuch ; Fachliteratur ; Forschung
    Kurzfassung: This book provides a comprehensive review of the current knowledge on writing and publishing scientific research papers and the social contexts. It deals with both English and non-Anglophone science writers, and presents a global perspective and an international focus. The book collects and synthesizes research from a range of disciplines, including applied linguistics, the sociology of science, sociolinguistics, bibliometrics, composition studies, and science education. This multidisciplinary approach helps the reader gain a solid understanding of the subject. Divided into three parts, the book considers the context of scientific papers, the text itself, and the people involved. It explains how the typical sections of scientific papers are structured. Standard English scientific writing style is also compared with science papers written in other languages. The book discusses the strengths and challenges faced by people with different degrees of science writing expertise and the role of journal editors and reviewers
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1 IntroductionPart I The Context. 2 The Rise of English as the Language of Science -- 3 Measuring the Impact of Articles, Journals and Nations -- 4 English Competence, Funds for Research, and Publishing Success -- 5 Collaborations, Teams and Networks -- Part II The Text -- 6 The Scientific Research Article and the Creation of Science -- 7 Varieties of Science Texts -- 8 Structure of the Research Article in the Creation of Knowledge -- 9 Writing the Five Principal Sections: Abstract, Introduction, Methods, Results and Discussion -- 10 Variations in Different Languages and Cultures -- Part III The People -- 11 Graduate Students Becoming Scientists -- 12 Novice Scientists and Expert Scientists -- 13 English-Speaking Scientists and Multilingual Scientists -- 14 Gatekeepers, Guardians and Allies -- 15 Afterword: Negotiating Research Article Writing and Publication.
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 75
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789048192465
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XVII, 330 p. 29 illus, online resource)
    Serie: Contemporary Trends and Issues in Science Education 42
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Druckausg. Conceptual profiles: a theory of teaching and learning scientific concepts /Eduardo F. Mortimer; Charbel N. El-Hani Eds.
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Science Study and teaching ; Education ; Education ; Science Study and teaching
    Kurzfassung: The language of science has many words and phrases whose meaning either changes in differing contexts or alters to reflect developments in a given discipline. This book presents the authors’ theories on using ‘conceptual profiles’ to make the teaching of context-dependent meanings more effective. Developed over two decades, their theory begins with a recognition of the coexistence in the students’ discourse of those alternative meanings, even in the case of scientific concepts such as molecule, where the dissonance between the classical and modern views of the same phenomenon is an accepted norm. What began as an alternative model of conceptual change has evolved to incorporate a sociocultural approach, by drawing on ideas such as situated cognition and Vygotsky’s influential concept of culturally located learning. Also informed by pragmatist philosophy, the approach has grown into a well-rounded theory of teaching and learning scientific concepts. The authors have taken the opportunity in this book to develop their ideas further, anticipate and respond to criticisms-that of relativism, for example-and explain how their theory can be applied to analyze the teaching of core concepts in science such as heat and temperature, life and biological adaptation. They also report on the implementation of a research program that correlates the responsiveness of their methodology to all the main developments in the field of science education. This additional material will inform academic discussion, review, and further enhancement of their theory and research model
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: INTRODUCTIONSECTION 1 The conceptual profile: theoretical, epistemological and methodological bases of a research program -- CHAPTER 1 Conceptual Profiles: Theoretical-Methodological Bases of a Research Program -- CHAPTER 2 The Epistemological Grounds of the Conceptual Profile Theory -- CHAPTER 3 Methodological grounds of the conceptual profile research program -- SECTION 2 Empirical studies for building and using conceptual profile models for chemical, physical and biological onto concepts -- CHAPTER 4 Contributions of the sociocultural domain to define a conceptual profile for molecule and molecular structure -- CHAPTER 5 Building a Profile for the Biological Concept of Life -- CHAPTER 6 Investigating the Evolution of Conceptual Profiles of Life amongst University Students of Biology and Pharmacy: The Use Statistical Tools to Analyze the Answers of Questionnaires -- CHAPTER 7 Conceptual profile of adaptation: a tool to investigate evolution learning in biology classrooms -- CHAPTER 8 A conceptual profile of entropy and spontaneity: characterizing modes of thinking and ways of speaking in the classroom -- CHAPTER 9 The Implications of Conceptual Profile in the Teaching of Science: an example from a teaching sequence in thermal physics -- SECTION 3 Recent developments in the research program -- CHAPTER 10 Conceptual Profile as a Model of a Complex World -- CHAPTER 11 Building a profile model for the concept of Death.
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 76
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Cham : Springer International Publishing
    ISBN: 9783319024202
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XV, 137 p. 6 illus., 1 illus. in color, online resource)
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Druckausg. Walling, Donovan R. Designing learning for tablet classrooms
    Schlagwort(e): Education ; Education ; Tablet PC ; Unterricht ; Lernen
    Kurzfassung: The versatile, cost-effective technology of the tablet computer has proved to be a good fit with the learning capabilities of today's students. Not surprisingly, in more and more classrooms, the tablet has replaced not only traditional print materials but the desktop computer and the laptop as well. Designing Instruction for Tablet Classrooms makes sense of this transition, clearly showing not just how and why tablet-based learning works, but how it is likely to evolve. Written for the non-technical reader, it balances elegant theoretical background with practical applications suitable to learning environments from kindergarten through college. A wealth of specialized topics ranges from course management and troubleshooting to creating and customizing etextbooks, from tablet use in early and remedial reading to the pros and cons of virtual field trips. And for maximum usefulness, early chapters are organized to spotlight core skills needed to negotiate the new design frontier, including: Framing the learning design approach. Analyzing the learning environment. Designing learning that capitalizes on tablet technology. Developing activities that match learning needs. Implementing the learning design. Conducting evaluations before, during, and after. This is proactive reading befitting a future of exciting developments in educational technology. For researchers and practitioners in this and allied fields, Designing Instruction for Tablet Classrooms offers limitless opportunities to think outside the box
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: IntroductionChapter 1: “i” Is for Innovation -- Chapter 2: Tablet Technology as a Moving Target -- Chapter 3: Who’s the Learning Designer Here? -- Chapter 4: Framing the Learning Design Approach -- Chapter 5: Analyzing the Learning Environment -- Chapter 6: Designing Learning that Capitalizes on Tablet Technology -- Chapter 7: Developing Activities that Match Learning Needs -- Chapter 8: Implementing the Learning Design -- Chapter 9: Evaluation-Before, During and After -- Chapter 10: Are eTextbooks More than Books? -- Chapter 11: Tablet Computer Reading-the How’s -- Chapter 12: Tablet Computer Reading-the What’s -- Chapter 13: Are Apps a Good Fit for Learning Goals? -- Chapter 14: The Immediacy of Connectivity-Pluses and Pitfalls -- Chapter 15: Using Tablet Technology for Multisensory Learning -- Chapter 16: Can Virtual Be as Effective as Real? -- Chapter 17: From the Tablet to the Big Picture -- Chapter 18: Tablet Take-Home Strategies -- Chapter 19: Do You Moodle? -- Chapter 20: Tackling Trouble in the Tablet Classroom.
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 77
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Cham : Springer International Publishing
    ISBN: 9783319046907
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XXI, 194 p. 8 illus, online resource)
    Serie: Policy Implications of Research in Education 2
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Druckausg. Using research evidence in education
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Education ; Education ; Aufsatzsammlung ; USA ; Schule ; Empirische Forschung ; Empirische Forschung ; Schule ; USA
    Kurzfassung: This book includes a set of rigorous and accessible studies on the topic of “research evidence” from a variety of levels and educational vantage points. It also provides the reader with thoughtful commentaries from leading thinkers in the field. The complex process of acquiring, interpreting, and using research evidence makes for a rich and under examined area in educational research, practice and policymaking. Policy makers, practitioners and scholars are in need of additional knowledge and practical steps in terms of the uptake of evidence into practice. In addition, sharpening understanding in terms of the ways in which research evidence is shaped or adapted at different educational levels (school, district, state, federal) as well the factors that support or constrain the acquisition and use of research evidence is of immediate use. While professional support for evidence-based practice in schools has never been stronger, credible research has found only weak large-scale effects. This book provides us with key insights about the nature of this problem and a comprehensive approach to its solution; it is a major step toward realizing the considerable potential for school improvement of reciprocal working relationships among policy, practice and research communities. Ken Leithwood, Emeritus Professor, OISE/University of Toronto The problem of scant research use at school sites is old, but the federal to classroom level scope of this book is unique. The authors' analysis of the current status leads to despair, but they provide a clear and compelling path forward. Michael Kirst, Professor Emeritus, Stanford University; President, California State Board of Education We have come a long way since the linear "Research, Dissemination, Utilization" models of knowledge use of the 1970s and 80s. Each chapter in this book lays out new directions for understanding how individuals, relationships and systems advance or impede the movement of new ideas into policy/practice. Taken together, they redefine knowledge use as a dynamic process that affects and is affected by specific characteristics of the social structures in which is occurs. It is a "must read" both for those interested in educational change and organizational theory. Karen Seashore Louis, Regents Professor, University of Minnesota
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Foreword. Robert C. GrangerChapter 1. Beginning the Journey: Research Evidence from the Schoolhouse Door to Capitol Hill: Alan J. Daly & Kara S. Finnigan -- SECTION I - Using Research Evidence at the School and District Level -- Chapter 2. Introduction to Section I: Using Research Evidence at the School and District Level: Bill Penuel & Cynthia Coburn -- Chapter 3. The Critical Role of Brokers in the Access and Use of Evidence at the School and District Level: Alan J. Daly, Kara S. Finnigan, Nienke M. Moolenaar, & Jing Che -- Chapter 4. Leaders’ Use of Research for Fundamental Change in School District Central Offices: Processes and Challenges: Meredith I. Honig, Nitya Venkateswaran with Patricia McNeil & Jenee Myers-Twitchell -- Chapter 5. The Research on Education, Deliberation, and Decision-Making (REDD) Project: Rob Asen & Deb Gurke -- Chapter 6. The Intermediary function in evidence production, promotion, and utilization: The case of educational incentives: Janelle Scott, Christopher Lubienski, Elizabeth Debray, & Huriya Jabbar -- SECTION II - Using Research Evidence at the State and Federal Level -- Chapter 7. Introduction to Section II: Using Research Evidence at State and Federal Level: Elliot Weinbaum -- Chapter 8. How State Education Agencies Acquire and Use Research Knowledge for School Improvement: Carol A. Barnes, Margaret E. Goertz, & Diane Massell -- Chapter 9. Research Evidence and the Common Core Standards: Lorraine McDonnell & M. Stephen Weatherford -- Chapter 10. Obama’s Promise: Using Evidence to Fight the Nation’s Social Problems: Ron Haskins & Greg Margolis -- SECTION III: Defining, Acquiring, and Using Research Evidence - Looking Across and Beyond -- Chapter 11. Building the Infrastructure to Improve the Use and Usefulness of Research in Education: Vivian Tseng & Sandra Nutley -- Chapter 12: Conclusion: Research Evidence from the Schoolhouse Door to Capitol Hill: Kara S. Finnigan & Alan J. Daly.
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 78
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400759022
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XXVII, 398 p. 23 illus, online resource)
    Serie: The Enabling Power of Assessment 1
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Druckausg. Designing assessment for quality learning
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Educational tests and measurements ; Education ; Education ; Educational tests and measurements ; Lernen ; Beurteilung ; Evaluation ; Lernerfolg
    Kurzfassung: This book brings together internationally recognised scholars with an interest in how to use the power of assessment to improve student learning and to engage with accountability priorities at both national and global levels. It includes distinguished writers who have worked together for some two decades to shift the assessment paradigm from a dominant focus on assessment as measurement towards assessment as central to efforts to improve learning. These writers have worked with the teaching profession and, in so doing, have researched and generated key insights into different ways of understanding assessment and its relationship to learning. The volume contributes to the theorising of assessment in contexts characterised by heightened accountability requirements and constant change. The book's structure and content reflect already significant and growing international interest in assessment as contextualised practice, as well as theories of learning and teaching that underpin and drive particular assessment approaches. Learning theories and practices, assessment literacies, teachers' responsibilities in assessment, the role of leadership, and assessment futures are the organisers within the book's structure and content. The contributors to this book have in common the view that quality assessment, and quality learning and teaching are integrally related. Another shared view is that the alignment of assessment with curriculum, teaching and learning is linchpin to efforts to improve both learning opportunities and outcomes for all. Essentially, the book presents new perspectives on the enabling power of assessment. In so doing, the writers recognise that validity and reliability - the traditional canons of assessment - remain foundational and therefore necessary. However, they are not of themselves sufficient for quality education
    Kurzfassung: This book brings together internationally recognised scholars with an interest in how to use the power of assessment to improve student learning and to engage with accountability priorities at both national and global levels. It includes distinguished writers who have worked together for some two decades to shift the assessment paradigm from a dominant focus on assessment as measurement towards assessment as central to efforts to improve learning. These writers have worked with the teaching profession and, in so doing, have researched and generated key insights into different ways of understanding assessment and its relationship to learning. The volume contributes to the theorising of assessment in contexts characterised by heightened accountability requirements and constant change. The book’s structure and content reflect already significant and growing international interest in assessment as contextualised practice, as well as theories of learning and teaching that underpin and drive particular assessment approaches. Learning theories and practices, assessment literacies, teachers’ responsibilities in assessment, the role of leadership, and assessment futures are the organisers within the book’s structure and content. The contributors to this book have in common the view that quality assessment, and quality learning and teaching are integrally related. Another shared view is that the alignment of assessment with curriculum, teaching and learning is linchpin to efforts to improve both learning opportunities and outcomes for all. Essentially, the book presents new perspectives on the enabling power of assessment. In so doing, the writers recognise that validity and reliability - the traditional canons of assessment - remain foundational and therefore necessary. However, they are not of themselves sufficient for quality education. The book argues that assessment needs to be radically reconsidered in the context of unprecedented societal change. Increasingly, communities are segregating more by wealth, with clear signs of social, political, economic and environmental instability. These changes raise important issues relating to ethics and equity, taken to be core dimensions in enabling the power of assessment to contribute to quality learning for all. This book offers readers new knowledge about how assessment can be used to re/engage learners across all phases of education
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1. Introduction: Assessment understood as enabling: A time to rebalance improvement and accountability goalsPART 1: Assessment Quality -- 2. Assessment as a generative dance: Connecting teaching, learning and curriculum -- 3. Student involvement in assessment of their learning -- 4. Large-scale testing and its contribution to learning -- 5. The role of assessment in improving learning in a context of high accountability -- PART 2: Becoming Assessment Literate -- 6. Assessment literacy -- 7. The power of learning-centered task design: An exercise in the application of the variation principle -- 8. Developing assessment tasks -- 9. Using assessment information for professional learning -- 10. Teachers’ professional judgment in the context of collaborative assessment practice -- 11. Developing assessment for productive learning in Confucian-influenced settings: Potentials and challenges -- PART 3: Teachers’ Responsibilities in Assessment -- 12. Looking at assessment through learning-colored lenses -- 13. Elements of better assessment for the improvement of learning: A focus on quality, professional judgment and social moderation -- 14. Enabling all students to learn through assessment: A case study of equitable outcomes achieved through the use of criteria and standards -- 15. Assessment and the reform of education systems: From good news to policy technology -- 16. Authentic assessment, teacher judgment and moderation in a context of high accountability -- 17. Formative assessment as a process of interaction through language: A framework for the inclusion of English language learners -- PART 4: Leading Learning and the Enabling Power of Assessment -- 18. Conceptualizing assessment culture in school -- 19. Preparing teachers to use the enabling power of assessment -- 20. Challenging conceptions of assessment -- 21. The place of assessment to improve learning in a context of high accountability -- PART 5: Digital Assessment -- 22. Designing next-generation assessment: Priorities and enablers -- 23. Seeds of change: The potential of the digital revolution to promote enabling assessment -- Index.
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 79
    ISBN: 9789401786942
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XIV, 302 p. 9 illus, online resource)
    Serie: Lifelong Learning Book Series 20
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Druckausg. Promoting, assessing, recognizing and certifying lifelong learning
    Schlagwort(e): Educational tests and measurements ; Adult education ; Education ; Education ; Educational tests and measurements ; Adult education ; Lebenslanges Lernen ; Berufsausbildung ; Weiterbildung
    Kurzfassung: This book offers an international perspective on the growing interest worldwide in lifelong learning, particularly as it relates to learning beyond compulsory education and initial occupational preparation: across working life. Much of this interest is driven by key social and economic imperatives associated with the changing requirements of work and working life, the transformation of many occupations and lengthening working lives. The concerns in lifelong learning are also associated with individuals being able to engage in learning about cultural and social topics and practices that they had not so far. It is important to understand how this learning can be assessed, recognized and certified. Many in workforces across the world learn much of the knowledge that is required to maintain their employability through that work. Yet, that learning and that competency remains without recognition and certification while this could be particularly helpful for individuals seeking to sustain their employability or to extend their work into new occupations or workplaces. The first section of this book sets out the overall project and outlines the key concepts and issues. It illustrates why there is a need for promoting and recognizing lifelong learning and explains some of the terminology, concepts and key considerations. The second section informs about a range of policies and practices that are currently being deployed or have been deployed across a range of countries within Europe, Scandinavia and Asia. The last section comprises of contributions emphasizing the ways in which the assessment of workers learning takes place in different occupational contexts and different cultural contexts. The final chapter outlines how a systemic approach to recognizing lifelong learning might progress for a country which is promoting a continuing education and training system largely outside of tertiary education institutions
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: About the Editors; Preface; Acknowledgements; Contents; Part I: Promoting and Recognising Lifelong Learning: Key Concepts, Practices and Emerging and Perennial Problems; Chapter 1: Promoting and Recognising Lifelong Learning: Introduction; 1.1 Lifelong Learning and Employability; 1.2 Part I-Promoting and Recognising Lifelong Learning: Key Concepts, Practices and Emerging and Perennial Problems; 1.3 Part II-Promoting Lifelong Learning for Economic, Social and Cultural Purposes; 1.4 Part III-Recognising and Certifying Lifelong Learning: Policies and Practices; References
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Chapter 2: Conceptualising Lifelong Learning in Contemporary Times2.1 Learning Across Working Lives; 2.2 Lifelong Learning: Personal Facts; 2.3 Purposes and Processes of Lifelong Learning; 2.4 Interests in Lifelong Learning and Their Reconciliation; 2.5 Lifelong Education; 2.6 A Framework for Lifelong Learning and Education; References; Chapter 3: New Skills for New Jobs: Work Agency as a Necessary Condition for Successful Lifelong Learning; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Work Agency; 3.3 Lifelong Learning and Its Interdependence with Work Agency; 3.4 Research Agenda; 3.4.1 Large-Scale Approach
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 3.4.2 Cognitive Approach3.4.3 Relational Approach; 3.4.4 Ethnographic Approach; 3.5 Summary; References; Part II: Promoting Lifelong Learning for Economic, Social and Cultural Purposes; Chapter 4: Evaluating Informal Learning in the Workplace; 4.1 Evaluating Informal Learning in the Workplace; 4.2 Comparing Sociocultural and Cognitive Perspectives on Workplace Learning; 4.3 Marsick and Watkins' Theory of Informal and Incidental Learning; 4.4 Communities of Practice in Public Administration in Spain; 4.5 Dilemmas in Assessing Informal Learning
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 4.6 Implications for Credentialing Informal and Incidental LearningReferences; Chapter 5: Recognising Learning and Development in the Transaction of Personal Work Practices; 5.1 Work-Learning Perspectives; 5.2 Human Agency; 5.3 Transaction; 5.4 Exploring Workers' Personal Practices; 5.5 Transacting Identity Through Forms of Social Engagement; 5.6 Transacting Goals as Personal Aspirations and Shared Purposes; 5.7 Transacting the Material as Tools and Procedures; 5.8 Recognising Learning Through the Transactions of Work Practice; References
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Chapter 6: Understanding Work-Related Learning: The Role of Job Characteristics and the Use of Different Sources of Learning6.1 Introduction; 6.1.1 Job Characteristics; 6.1.2 Work-Related Learning; 6.1.3 Learning Activities During Internships; 6.2 The Present Study; 6.3 Method; 6.4 Results; 6.4.1 Differences in Learning During Internships; 6.5 Conclusions and Discussion; References; Chapter 7: Experiential Learning: A New Higher Education Requiring New Pedagogic Skills; 7.1 Introduction and Background; 7.2 Current Context; 7.3 Tensions Experienced; 7.4 Solutions Adopted; 7.5 Benefits Reported
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 7.6 Reconciling Approaches to the Higher Education Curriculum
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: PrefaceAcknowledgements -- Section 1: Promoting and recognising lifelong learning: Key concepts, practices and emerging and perennial problems -- Chapter 1: Promoting and recognising lifelong learning: Introduction; Timo Halttunen and Mari Koivisto (University of Turku, Finland), and Stephen Billett (Griffith University, Australia) -- Chapter 2 : Conceptualising lifelong learning and its recognition in contemporary times; Stephen Billett (Griffith University, Australia -- Chapter 3: New skills for new jobs: Work agency as a necessary condition for successful lifelong learning; Christian Harteis and Michael Goller (University of Paderborn, Germany) -- Section 2: Promoting lifelong learning for economic, social and cultural purposes -- Chapter 4: Evaluating informal learning in the workplace; Karen E. Watkins (The University of Georgia, USA), Victoria J. Marsick (Columbia University, USA) and Miren Fernández de Álava (Autonomous University of Barcelona, Spain) -- Chapter 5: Recognising learning and development in the transaction of personal work practices; Raymond Smith (Griffith University, Australia) -- Chapter 6: Understanding work-related learning: The role of job characteristics and the use of different sources of learning; David Gijbels, Vincent Donche and Piet Van den Bossche (University of Antwerp, Belgium), and Ingrid Ilsbroux and Eva Sammels (University of Leuven, Belgium) -- Chapter 7: Experiential learning: A new higher education requiring new pedagogic skills; Anita Walsh (University of London, UK) -- Chapter 8: How expertise is created in emerging professional fields: Tuire Palonen and Erno Lehtinen (University of Turku, Finland), and Henny P. A. Boshuizen (Open Universiteit in the Netherlands) -- Chapter 9: Continuing education and training at work; Sarojni Choy, Ray Smith and Ann Kelly (Griffith University, Australia) -- Chapter 10: Lifelong learning policies and practices in Singapore: Tensions and challenges; Helen Bound, Magdalene Lin and Peter Rushbrook (Institute for Adult Learning, Singapore) -- Section 3: Recognising and certifying lifelong learning: Policies and practices -- Chapter 11: Professionalisation of supervisors and RPL; Timo Halttunen and Mari Koivisto (University of Turku, Finland) -- Chapter 12: Securing assessors’ professionalism: Meeting assessor requirements for the purpose of performing high-quality (RPL) assessments; Antoinette van Berkel (Amsterdam University of Applied Sciences, the Netherlands) -- Chapter 13: Problems and possibilities in recognition of prior learning: A critical social theory perspective; Fredrik Sandberg (Linköping University, Sweden) -- Chapter 14: Changing RPL & HRD discourses: practitioner perspectives; Anne Murphy (Dublin Institute of Technology, Ireland), Oran Doherty (Letterkenny Institute of Technology, Ireland), and Kate Collins (University College Dublin, Ireland) -- Chapter 15: French approaches to Accreditation of Prior Learning: practices and research; Vanessa Remery (University of Geneva, Switzerland) and Vincent Merle (Conservatoire national des arts et métiers, CNAM, France) -- Chapter 16: Recognising and certifying workers’ knowledge: Policies, frameworks and practices in prospect: Perspectives from two countries; Stephen Billett (Griffith University, Australia) and Helen Bound and Magdalene Lin (Institute for Adult Learning, Singapore) -- Index.
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 80
    ISBN: 9789400778269
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XIV, 315 p. 14 illus, online resource)
    Serie: Professional Learning and Development in Schools and Higher Education 10
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Druckausg. Workplace learning in teacher education
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Education ; Education
    Kurzfassung: This book explores teacher workplace learning from four different perspectives: social policy, international comparators, multi-professional stances/perspectives and socio-cultural theory. First, it considers the policy and practice context of professional learning in teacher education in England, and the rest of the UK, with particular reference to professional masters level provision. The importance of teachers’ and schools’ perceptions of improvement, development and learning, and the inherent tensions between individual, school and government priorities is explored. Second, the book considers models of teacher workplace learning to be found in international research and practice to explore what perspective they can bring to understanding policy and practice relating to workplace learning in the UK. Third, it draws on cross-professional analysis to get an intellectual and theoretical purchase on workplace learning by examining how insights from across the professions can provide us with useful perspectives on policy and practice. The analysis draws particularly on insights from medicine and educational psychology. Fourth, the book cross-fertilises research and practice across the field of education by drawing on insights from perspectives such as socio-cultural and activity theory and situated learning/cognition to discover what they can offer in analysing the theoretical and pedagogic underpinnings of teacher workplace learning. In short, the book offers a number of contexts for exploring how best to conceptualise and theorise learning in the workplace in order to generate evidence to inform policy and practice and facilitates the development of a more theoretically informed and robust model of workplace learning and teaching
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1. Framing Workplace Learning2. Developing a Multi-layered System of Distributed Expertise: What Does Cultural Historical Theory Bring to Understandings of Workplace Learning in School-University Partnerships?- 3. Developing Knowledge for Qualified Professionals -- 4. Work-based, Accredited Professional Education: Insights from Medicine -- 5. ‘In This Together’: Developing University-Workplace Partnerships in Initial Professional Training for Practitioner Educational Psychologists -- 6. Disentangling What it Means to Be a Teacher in the Twenty-first Century: Policy and Practice in Teachers’ Continuing Professional Learning -- 7. Pulling Learning Through: Building the Profession’s Skills in Making Use of Workplace Coaching Opportunities -- 8. Empowering Teachers as Learners: Continuing Professional Learning Programmes as Sites for Critical Development in Pedagogical Practice -- 9. Lesson Study in a Performative Culture -- 10. The Policy Context of Teachers’ Workplace Learning: The Case for Research-based Professionalism in Teacher Education in England -- 11. Workplace Learning in Pre-service Teacher Education: An English Case Study -- 12. Work-based Learning in Teacher Education: A Scottish Perspective -- 13. ‘Learningplace’ Practices and Initial Teacher Education in Ireland: Knowledge Generation, Partnerships and Pedagogy -- 14. Teacher Learning in the Workplace in Initial Teacher Education in Portugal: Potential and Limits from a Student Teacher Perspective -- 15. Learning to Teach in Norway: A Shared Responsibility -- 16. Teaching as a Master’s Level Profession in Finland: Theoretical Reflections and Practical Solutions -- 17. Improving Workplace Learning in Teacher Education.
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 81
    ISBN: 9789400776098
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XVII, 201 p. 48 illus, online resource)
    Serie: Landscapes: the Arts, Aesthetics, and Education 12
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Druckausg. Young audiences, theatre and the cultural conversation
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Early childhood education ; Performing arts ; Education ; Education ; Early childhood education ; Performing arts
    Kurzfassung: This volume offers rare insights into the connection between young audiences and the performing arts. Based on studies of adolescent and post-adolescent audiences, ages 14 to 25, the book examines to what extent they are part of our society’s cultural conversation. It studies how these young people read and understand theatrical performance. It looks at what the educational components in their theatre literacy are, and what they make of the whole social event of theatre. It studies their views on the relationship between what they themselves decide and what others decide for them. The book uses qualitative and quantitative data collected in a six-year study carried out in the three largest Australian States, thirteen major performing arts companies, including the Sydney Opera House, three state theatre companies and three funding organisations. The book’s perspectives are derived from world-wide literature and company practices and its significance and ramifications are international. The book is written to be engaging and accessible to theatre professionals and lay readers interested in theatre, as well as scholars and researchers. “This extraordinary book thoroughly explains why young people (ages 14-25+) do and do not attend theatre into adulthood by delineating how three inter-linked factors (literacy, confidence, and etiquette) influence their decisions. Given that theatre happens inside spectators’ minds, the authors balance the theatre equation by focusing upon young spectators and thereby dispel numerous beliefs held by theatre artists and educators. Each clearly written chapter engages readers with astute insights and compelling examples of pertinent responses from young people, teachers, and theatre professionals. To stem the tide of decreasing theatre attendance, this highly useful book offers pragmatic strategies for artistic, educational, and marketing directors, as well as national theatre organizations and arts councils around the world. I have no doubt that its brilliantly conceived research, conducted across multiple contexts in Australia, will make a significant and original contribution to the profession of theatre on an international scale.” Jeanne Klein, University of Kansas, USA “Young Audiences, Theatre and the Cultural Conversation is a compelling and comprehensive study on attitudes and habits of youth theatre audiences by leading international scholars in the field. This benchmark study offers unique insights by and fo ...
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: ForewordAcknowledgments -- Part I TheatreSpace Project Partners and Case Studies -- Chapter 1: Introduction -- Chapter 2: The Project, its Partners and its Purposes -- Chapter 3: Access and the Practicalities of Attendance -- Chapter 4: The Context of the Performance Event -- Chapter 5: The Education Landscape -- Chapter 6: Young Audiences from the Educators' Perspective -- Chapter 7: The Industry Partners’ Perceptions -- Chapter 8: Engagement and Liveness -- Chapter 9: Building Theatre Confidence -- Chapter 10: Theatre Literacy -- Chapter 11: ‘It’s Real’ - Genre and Performance Style -- Chapter 12: Conclusion - a Continuum for Planning.
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 82
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Cham : Springer International Publishing
    ISBN: 9783319019949
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XXI, 320 p, online resource)
    Serie: Explorations of Educational Purpose 28
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Druckausg. Griffin, Des Education reform
    Schlagwort(e): Education ; Education ; Bildungsreform ; Studium ; Schule ; Australien ; USA ; Großbritannien
    Kurzfassung: This book pays special attention to the impact that a student's early childhood and socioeconomic status has on his or her educational achievement. It argues that discussions of education reform need a broader scope, one that encompasses a student's background as well as standardized testing, merit pay for teachers, and other issues regarding the quality of the teaching and learning. Education Reform: the Unwinding of Intelligence and Creativity features cases and examples from schools in Australia, the USA, and Britain. It offers a breadth of coverage, from early childhood to effective teaching and learning to teacher pay and conditions, standardized testing and public and private (independent) schooling and universities as well as creativity. It also includes summaries of educational policies in many developed countries. Reforms which emphasize concern for early childhood, school leadership and respect for teachers are contrasted with ones based on standardized tests, private schools and sacking bad teachers
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: ForewordPreface -- Chapter 1 Introduction -- Chapter 2 A Word on Economics -- Chapter 3 Community and Inequality - Part 1: Creating an Enabling Environment -- Chapter 4 Community and Inequality -- Part 2 - Australia -- Chapter 5 Early Childhood: A World of Relationships -- Chapter 6 Effective Teaching and Learning -- Part 1: John Hattie, Graham Nuthall and Jonathan Osborne -- Chapter 7 Effective Teaching and Learning -- Part 2: Lessons from the US -- Chapter 8 Teacher Pay, Performance and Leadership -- Chapter 9 Public or Private Schools, Tests and League Tables, Parental Choice and Competition in Australia, the USA and Britain -- Chapter 10 Curriculum Matters -- Chapter 11 Creativity to Free Choice Learning -- Chapter 12 International Comparisons -- Chapter 13 Universities and Tertiary Education -- Chapter 14 Policy Development in Education and Schooling in Australia -- Chapter 15 Concluding Essay - What have we learned and where are we going? -- Index. .
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 83
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401788694
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (X, 238 p. 36 illus, online resource)
    Serie: Multilingual Education 10
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Druckausg.
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Applied linguistics ; Language and languages ; Education ; Education ; Applied linguistics ; Language and languages ; Englisch ; Weltsprache ; Sprachkontakt ; Sprachvariante ; Englischunterricht
    Kurzfassung: The English language has always existed alongside other languages. However, the last 200 years have shown a dramatic increase in the range, extent and context of contact between English and other languages. As a result of this contact, we find marked variations in Englishes around the world. Englishes in Multilingual Contexts: Language Variation and Education explores how these variations relate to issues in English language teaching and learning. The first part of this book includes chapters of importance in studying English language variation in the context of education. The second part builds on an understanding of variation and identifies pedagogical possibilities that respect language variation and yet empower English language learners in diverse contexts. Together, the chapters in this volume allow readers to develop a broad understanding around issues of language variation and to recognise pedagogical implications of this work in multilingual contexts. “This book provides a rich collation of material dealing with the implications of dialect variation for the teaching of the English language, as well as the use of genre-based teaching in the classroom. Many students and teachers who are keen to know about issues that arise with different varieties of English around the world will find the book exceptionally informative, and furthermore the practical advice for developing genre-based teaching will be valued by many trainee and practicing teachers.” David Deterding, University of Brunei, Darussalam, Brunei
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Chapter 1: IntroductionSection 1: Issues of Language Variation in Education. Chapter 2: Integrating Language Variation into TESOL: Challenges from English Globalization -- Chapter 3: Classroom Encounters with Caribbean Creole English: Language, Identities and Pedagogy -- Chapter 4: Global Identities or Local Stigma Markers: How Equal is the 'E' in Englishes in Cameroon? -- Chapter 5: Accent and Ethics: Issues that Merit Attention -- Chapter 6: Forensic Linguistics and Pedagogical Implications in Multilingual Contexts -- Chapter 7: Teaching the Expanding Universe of Englishes -- Section 2: Pedagogical applications. Chapter 8: Dynamic Approach to Language Proficiency -- Chapter 9: Modelling and Mentoring: The Yin and Yang of Teaching and Learning from Home Through School -- Chapter 10: Supporting Students in the Move from Spoken to Written Language -- Chapter 11: Applying Systemic Functional Linguistics to Build Educators’ Knowledge of Academic English for the Teaching of Writing -- Chapter 12: "Welcome to the Real World” or English Reloaded: A European Perspective -- Chapter 13: Preparing Linguistically Responsive Teachers in Multilingual Contexts -- Chapter 14: From Model to Practice: Language Variation in Education.
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 84
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401788519
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XVIII, 413 p. 124 illus, online resource)
    Serie: Landscapes: the Arts, Aesthetics, and Education 14
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Druckausg.
    Schlagwort(e): Music ; Performing arts ; Education ; Education ; Music ; Performing arts
    Kurzfassung: This volume brings together a group of leading international researchers and practitioners in voice pedagogy alongside emerging academics and practitioners. Encompassing research across voice science and pedagogy, this innovative collection transcends genre boundaries and provides new knowledge about vocal styles and approaches from classical and musical theatre to contemporary commercial music. The work is sure to be valuable in tertiary institutions, schools and community music associations, suitable for use by private studio teachers, and will appeal to choral leaders and music educators interested in vocal pedagogy
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1. Prelude: Positioning Singing Pedagogy in the 21st CenturyPART I: OVERVIEW 2. Singing Pedagogy in the 21st Century: A Look Toward the Future -- 3. Habits of the Mind, Hand and Heart: Approaches to Classical Singing Training -- 4. Teaching Popular Music Styles -- 5. A Brief Overview of Approaches to Teaching the Music Theatre Song -- PART II: SINGING, THE BODY AND THE MIND 6. Vocal Health and Singing Pedagogy: Considerations from Biology and Motor Learning -- 7. The Role of the Speech and Language Therapist - Speech Pathologist - in the Modern Singing Studio -- 8. The Extra-Normal Voice: EVT in Singing -- 9. Registers Defined through Visual Feedback -- 10. Body Mapping: Enhancing Voice Performance through Somatic Pedagogy -- 11. Vocal Pedagogy and the Feldenkrais Method -- 12. Perception, Evaluation and Communication of Singing Voices -- 13. The Teacher-Student Relationship in One-to-one Singing Lessons: An Investigation of Personality and Adult Attachment -- 14. Negotiating an ‘Opera Singer Identity' -- PART III: APPROACHES TO STYLE 15. Style and Ornamentation in Classical and Bel Canto Arias -- 16. Handel and the Voice Practitioner: Perspectives on Performance Practice and Higher Education Pedagogy -- 17. Contemporary Vocal Artistry in Popular Culture Musics: Perceptions, Observations and Lived Experiences -- 18. Pathways for Teaching Vocal Jazz Improvisation -- 19. Voice in Worship: The Contemporary Worship Singer -- 20. Take my Hand: Teaching the Gospel Singer in the Applied Voice Studio -- PART IV: THE TRAINING GROUND 21. The Conservatorium Environment: Reflections on the Tertiary Vocal Setting Past and Present -- 22. More Than Just Style: A Profile of Professional Contemporary Gig Singers -- 23. Developing a Tertiary Course in Music Theatre -- 24. Training the Singing Researcher -- POSTLUDE 25. The Future of Singing Pedagogy.
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 85
    ISBN: 9783319068145
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (VIII, 227 p. 17 illus, online resource)
    Serie: SpringerBriefs in Education
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Druckausg. Luyten, Hans, 1963 - School size effects revisited
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Educational tests and measurements ; Education ; Education ; Educational tests and measurements ; Education ; Educational tests and measurements
    Kurzfassung: This book provides a thorough review of the research literature on the effect of school size in primary and secondary education on three types of outcomes: student achievement, non-cognitive outcomes and costs per student. Based on 84 scientific publications and several prior reviews, the book discusses four main areas: the impact of school size on cognitive learning outcomes and non-cognitive outcomes; the "state of the art" of empirical research on economies of size; the direct and indirect impact of school size, conditioned by other school context variables on student performance; and the specific position of the Netherlands in an international perspective. The book presents summaries of the results and main conclusions found and discusses these with respect to their relevance for educational policy in general and for the Netherlands in particular. The book concludes with suggestions for future research on school size
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1. Introduction; Jaap Scheerens, Maria Hendriks, Hans Luyten2. School Size Effects: Review and Conceptual Analysis; Jaap Scheerens, Maria Hendriks, Hans Luyten -- 3. Research Synthesis of Studies Published between 1990 and 2012; Maria Hendriks -- 4. Quantitative Summary of Research Findings; Hans Luyten -- 5. Summary and Discussion; Hans Luyten -- Annex to Chapter 3.
    Anmerkung: Includes bibliographical references
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 86
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Cham : Springer International Publishing
    ISBN: 9783319055947
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XVI, 453 p, online resource)
    Ausgabe: 2nd ed. 2014
    Serie: CERC Studies in Comparative Education 32
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Druckausg. Comparative education research
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Humanities ; Social sciences Methodology ; Education ; Education ; Humanities ; Social sciences Methodology ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Vergleichende Erziehungswissenschaft
    Kurzfassung: Approaches and methods in comparative education are of obvious importance, but do not always receive adequate attention. This second edition of a well-received book, containing thoroughly updated and additional material, contributes new insights within the longstanding traditions of the field. A particular feature is the focus on different units of analysis. Individual chapters compare places, systems, times, cultures, values, policies, curricula and other units. These chapters are contextualised within broader analytical frameworks which identify the purposes and strengths of the field. The book includes a focus on intra-national as well as cross-national comparisons, and highlights the value of approaching themes from different angles. As already demonstrated by the first edition of the book, the work will be of great value not only to producers of comparative education research but also to users who wish to understand more thoroughly the parameters and value of the field
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: List of TablesList of Figures -- Abbreviations -- Preface -- Introduction: Mark BRAY, Bob ADAMSON & Mark MASON -- I: DIRECTIONS -- 1. Actors and Purposes in Comparative Education: Mark BRAY -- 2. Scholarly Enquiry and the Field of Comparative Education: Mark BRAY -- 3. Quantitative and Qualitative Approaches to Comparative Education: Gregory P. FAIRBROTHER -- II: UNITS OF COMPARISON -- 4. Comparing Places: Maria MANZON -- 5. Comparing Systems: Mark BRAY & Kai JIANG -- 6. Comparing Times: Anthony SWEETING -- 7. Comparing Race, Class and Gender: Liz JACKSON -- 8. Comparing Cultures: Mark MASON -- 9. Comparing Values: Wing On LEE & Maria MANZON -- 10. Comparing Policies: Rui YANG -- 11. Comparing Curricula: Bob ADAMSON & Paul MORRIS -- 12. Comparing Pedagogical Innovations: Nancy LAW -- 13. Comparing Ways of Learning: David A. WATKINS & Jan VAN AALST -- 14. Comparing Educational Achievements: Frederick LEUNG & Kyungmee PARK -- III: CONCLUSIONS.- 15. Different Models, Different Emphases, Different Insights: Mark BRAY, Bob ADAMSON & Mark MASON -- Contributors -- Index.
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 87
    ISBN: 9783319087627
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (VIII, 217 p, online resource)
    Serie: Policy Implications of Research in Education 4
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Druckausg. Ledger, Susan Global to local curriculum policy processes
    Schlagwort(e): Curriculum planning ; Education ; Education ; Curriculum planning ; Curriculum ; Reifeprüfung ; Internationale Schule
    Kurzfassung: This book explores the dynamics of curriculum policy processes involved in the adoption, production and enactment of the International Baccalaureate Primary Years Programme (IBPYP), accredited by the International Baccalaureate Organization (IBO). It addresses deficits in current literature and provides insight into and the complexities involved within a framework that takes cognisance of the relationships between global, regional, national and local levels of education policy processes. In doing so, it contributes to the current body of research on international education, remote education and policy processes. The IBPYP is one of the three programmes that go to make up the increasingly popular suite of programmes offered by the IBO. Given the exponential growth of international schools caused by an ever changing globalized world and a mobile workforce, international curriculum policy is becoming more complex. This has lead to a recognition of the need for a range of policy analysis studies in the field. The study presented in this book was conceptualised in the light of such recognition. This relatively uncharted field has been explored by focusing on one of the most ‘unusual’ settings. Accordingly, the adoption, production and enactment of the IBPYO at three remote international schools has been examined. The study also addresses how the phenomena of ‘international schools’ and ‘remote schools’ complement or compete with, each other. This results in a better understanding of the educational policies informing both ‘international schools’ and ‘remote schools’ and the interconnectivity that might exist between them
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Chapter 1: IntroductionChapter 2: The Context -- Chapter 3: Literature -- Chapter 4: The Research Approach -- Chapter 5: Case Study One: Satu International School (SIS) -- Chapter 6: Dua International School (DIS) -- Chapter 7: Case Study Three: Tiga International School (TIS) -- Chapter 8: Discussion -- Chapter 9: Conclusion -- Index.
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 88
    ISBN: 9789401789028
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XXI, 1383 p. 100 illus, online resource)
    Serie: Springer International Handbooks of Education
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Druckausg. International handbook of research in professional and practice-based learning
    Schlagwort(e): Adult education ; Education ; Education ; Adult education
    Kurzfassung: The International Handbook of Research in Professional and Practice-based Learning discusses what constitutes professionalism, examines the concepts and practices of professional and practice-based learning, including associated research traditions and educational provisions. It also explores professional learning in institutions of higher and vocational education as well the practice settings where professionals work and learn, focusing on both initial and ongoing development and how that learning is assessed. The Handbook features research from expert contributors in education, studies of the professions, and accounts of research methodologies from a range of informing disciplines. It is organized in two parts. The first part sets out conceptions of professionalism at work, how professions, work and learning can be understood, and examines the kinds of institutional practices organized for developing occupational capacities. The second part focuses on procedural issues associated with learning for and through professional practice, and how assessment of professional capacities might progress. The key premise of this Handbook is that during both initial and ongoing professional development, individual learning processes are influenced and shaped through their professional environment and practices. Moreover, in turn, the practice and processes of learning through practice are shaped by their development, all of which are required to be understood through a range of research orientations, methods and findings. This Handbook will appeal to academics working in fields of professional practice, including those who are concerned about developing these capacities in their students. In addition, students and research students will also find this Handbook a key reference resource to the field
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Acknowledgements; Members of Editorial Board; Reviewers of Contributions; Contents; Contributors; Introduction; Volume 1 - Scientific and Institutional Framework; Volume 2 - Learning, Education and Assessment in and for the Professions; Part I: Professions and Professional Practice; Chapter 1: Professionalism, Profession and Professional Conduct: Towards a Basic Logical and Ethical Geography; 1.1 Diverse Senses of 'Profession' and 'Professional'; 1.2 Criteria of 'Profession' and/or Professionalism; 1.3 The Moral Basis of Profession and Normative Professionalism
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1.4 Extended and Restricted Professionalism1.5 Professional 'Phronesis'; References; Chapter 2: The Concept of Professionalism: Professional Work, Professional Practice and Learning; 2.1 Defining the Field and Clarifying Concepts; 2.2 Professionalism : History and Current Developments; 2.2.1 Early Phase: Professionalism as a Normative Value; 2.2.2 Critical Phase: Professionalism as Ideology; 2.2.3 Third Phase: Professionalism as a Discourse; 2.3 A New Professionalism? Changes and Continuities; 2.3.1 Consequence and Challenges; 2.3.2 Opportunities
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 2.4 Policy Relevance, Assessment and EvaluationReferences; Chapter 3: Moral Aspects of Professions and Professional Practice; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Moral Problems and Solutions in the Context of Professional Practice; 3.2.1 Moral Problems at Work; 3.2.2 A Taxonomy of Types of Situations; 3.2.3 A Neo-Kohlbergian Taxonomy of Moral Stages; 3.3 Moral Functioning and Situational Adjustment; 3.3.1 Situation-Specific Adaptation; 3.3.2 Inferences and the Explanation of Situational Differentiation and Adaptation; 3.3.3 The Moral Self and Moral Functioning
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 3.4 Implications for Professional Practice and Vocational Education and TrainingReferences; Chapter 4: Professional Work and Knowledge; 4.1 Introduction; 4.1.1 Aims of the Chapter: Harmonising Multiple Views on Professional Knowledge to Illuminate Persistent Problems in Professional Education; 4.1.2 Structure of the Chapter; 4.2 Professional Work and Workplaces; 4.3 What Is Knowledge?; 4.3.1 Knowledge, Broadly Understood; 4.4 Public, Personal and Organisational Knowledge; 4.4.1 Public Knowledge; 4.4.2 Personal Knowledge; 4.4.3 Organisational Knowledge
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 4.5 Knowledge and Professional Action: Foundational Ideas4.5.1 Learning to Do and Learning to Understand; 4.5.2 Knowledge and Knowing; 4.5.3 Generic Thinking Skill and Professional Episteme; 4.6 Epistemic Fluency and Professional Knowledge: Tracing Four Epistemic Projects; 4.6.1 The Reflective-Rational Project: From Rational Knowledge to Reflective Practice to Rational Reflection; 4.6.2 The Reflective-Embodied Project: From Knowing to Being ; 4.6.3 The Relational Project: From Individualistic to Relational Expertise
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 4.6.4 The Knowledge Building Project: From Practice as Knowledge Transfer to Knowing as Epistemic Practice
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: (A) Acknowledgments(B) Introduction -- Section 1. Professions and the workplace -- (C) Section Introduction -- (1) David Carr, Professionalism, profession and professional conduct: Towards a basic logical and ethical geography -- (2) Julia Evetts, The concept of professionalism: Professional work, professional practice and learning -- (3) Gerhard Minnameier, Moral aspects of professions and professional practice -- (4) Lina Markauskaite & Peter Goodyear, Professional work and knowledge -- (5) Martin Mulder, Conceptions of professional competence -- (6) Silvia Gherardi & Manuela Perrotta, Becoming a practitioner: Professional learning as a social practice -- (7) Jim Hordern, Productive systems of professional formation -- Section 2. Research paradigms of work and learning -- (D) Section Introduction -- (8) Erno Lehtinen, Kai Hakkarainen & Tuire Palonen, Understanding learning for the professions: How theories of learning explain coping with rapid change -- (9) Laurent Filliettaz, Understanding learning for work: Contributions from discourse and interaction analysis -- (10) Paul Gibbs, Research paradigms of practice, work and learning -- (11) Gloria Dall'Alba & Jörgen Sandberg, A phenomenological perspective on researching work and learning -- (12) Mark Greenlee, The neuronal base of perceptual learning and skill acquisition -- (13) Eva Kyndt & Patrick Onghena, Hierarchical Linear Models for research on professional learning: Relevance and implications -- (14) Catherine Hasse, The anthropological paradigm of practice-based learning -- Section 3. Educational systems (learning for professions) -- (E) Section Introduction -- (15) Peter Sloane, Professional education between school and practice settings: The German dual system as an example -- (16) Bärbel Fürstenau, Matthias Pilz, & Philipp Gonon, The dual system of vocational education and training in Germany - what can be learnt about education for (other) professions -- (17) Madeleine Abrandt Dahlgren, Tone Dyrdal Solbrekke, Berit Karseth, & Sofia Nyström, From university to professional practice: Students as journeymen between cultures of education and work -- (18) Stephen Billett & Sarojni Choy, Integrating professional learning experiences across university and practice settings -- (19) Päivi Tynjälä & Jennifer M. Newton, Transitions to working life: securing professional competence -- (20) Elizabeth Katherine Molloy, Louise Greenstock, Patrick Fiddes, Catriona Fraser, & Peter Brooks, Interprofessional education in the health workplace -- (21) Tim Dornan & Pim W. Teunissen, Medical education -- (22) Ming Fai Pang, A phenomenographic way of seeing and developing professional learning -- (23) Monika Nerland & Karen Jensen, Changing cultures of knowledge and professional learning -- Section 4. Professional learning and education (learning in professions) -- (F) Section Introduction -- (24) Anneli Eteläpelto, Katja Vähäsantanen, Päivi Hökkä, & Susanna Paloniemi, Identity and agency in professional learning -- (25) Jan Breckwoldt, Hans Gruber, & Andreas Wittmann, Simulation learning -- (26) Christian Harteis & Johannes Bauer, Learning from errors at work -- (27) Stephen Billett & Raymond Smith, Learning in the circumstances of professional practice -- (28) Geoffrey Gowlland, Apprenticeship as a model for learning in and through professional practice -- (29) Britta Herbig & Andreas Müller, Implicit knowledge and work performance -- (30) Eugene Sadler-Smith, Intuition in professional and practice-based learning -- (31) Bente Elkjaer & Ulrik Brandi, An organisational perspective on professionals' learning -- (32) Morten Sommer, Professional learning in the ambulance service -- (33) Stephen Billett, Mimetic learning at work: Learning through and across professional working lives -- Section 5. Implementing and supporting professional learning -- (G) Section Introduction -- (34) Anton Havnes & Jens-Christian Smeby, Professional development and the professions -- (35) P. Robert-Jan Simons & Manon C. P. Ruijters, The real professional is a learning professional -- (36) Filip Dochy, David Gijbels, Elisabeth Raes, & Eva Kyndt, Team learning in education and professional organisations -- (37) Victoria Marsick, Andrew K. Shiotani, & Martha A. Gephart, Teams, communities of practice, and knowledge networks as locations for learning professional practice -- (38) Rob F. Poell & Ferd J. van der Krogt, The role of Human Resource Development in organizational change: Professional development strategies of employees, managers and HRD practicioners -- (39) Lillian Turner de Tormes Eby, B. Lindsay Brown, & Kerrin George, Mentoring as a strategy for facilitating learning: Protégé and mentor perspectives -- (40) James Avis & Kevin Orr, The new professionalism: An exploration of vocational education and training teachers -- (41) Tarja Irene Tikkanen & Stephen Billett, Older professionals, learning and practice -- (42) Per-Erik Elleström & Per Nilsen, Promoting practice-based innovation through learning at work -- (43) Allison Littlejohn & Anoush Margaryan, Technology enhanced professional learning -- Section 6. Evaluating and assessing professional learning -- (H) Section Introduction -- (44) Thomas R. Guskey, Evaluating professional learning -- (45) Dineke E. H. Tigelaar & Cees P. M. van der Vleuten, Assessment of professional competence.-  (46) Tara J. Fenwick, Assessment of professional learning in practice -- (47) Patrick Griffin, Esther Care, Judith Crigan, Pamela Robertson, Zhonghua Zhang, & Alejandra Arratia-Martinez, The influence of evidence-based decisions by collaborative teacher teams on student achievement -- (48) Frank Achtenhagen & Esther Winter, Large-scale assessment of vocational education and training.
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 89
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400771550
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XXI, 747 p. 164 illus, online resource)
    Serie: Advances in Mathematics Education
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Druckausg. Probabilistic thinking
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Distribution (Probability theory) ; Mathematics ; Education ; Education ; Education Philosophy ; Distribution (Probability theory) ; Mathematics ; Mathematik ; Wahrscheinlichkeit ; Stochastik ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Mathematik ; Wahrscheinlichkeit ; Stochastik
    Kurzfassung: This volume provides a necessary, current and extensive analysis of probabilistic thinking from a number of mathematicians, mathematics educators, and psychologists. The work of 58 contributing authors, investigating probabilistic thinking across the globe, is encapsulated in 6 prefaces, 29 chapters and 6 commentaries. Ultimately, the four main perspectives presented in this volume (Mathematics and Philosophy, Psychology, Stochastics and Mathematics Education) are designed to represent probabilistic thinking in a greater context.
    Kurzfassung: This volume provides a necessary, current and extensive analysis of probabilistic thinking from a number of mathematicians, mathematics educators, and psychologists. The work of 58 contributing authors, investigating probabilistic thinking across the globe, is encapsulated in 6 prefaces, 29 chapters and 6 commentaries. Ultimately, the four main perspectives presented in this volume (Mathematics and Philosophy, Psychology, Stochastics and Mathematics Education) are designed to represent probabilistic thinking in a greater context. “Uncertainty is part of our lives and we all have to deal with it and make decisions in spite of it. Ability to use ideas from probability theory as a way of quantifying uncertainty needs to be an integral part of our education at many levels and this book will surely play a useful role." - S.R.Srinivasa Varadhan, Recipient of the 2007 Abel Prize in Mathematics and the 2010 National Medal of Science “A welcome look at probability, with philosophical and psychological perspectives that offer foundations for both students and teachers of probability at the school and university levels. Very comprehensive and promises a great deal to the reader. Teachers and students will benefit from articles that clarify the competition between the frequentist and the Bayesian views of probability." - Reuben Hersh, Author of "What is Mathematics, Really?" and co-author of "The Mathematical Experience" “I often get asked why people find probability so unintuitive and difficult. After years of research, I have concluded it’s because probability really is unintuitive and difficult. This ground-breaking text acknowledges the full complexity of teaching this subject: the contributions face up to the competing interpretations of probability, emphasising the close connection to both human psychology and real-world problem-solving tasks. I am personally very pleased to see the subjective interpretation taken seriously, while also admiring the suggestions for teaching the properties of modeled randomness. A very timely and valuable book." -David Spiegelhalter, Winston Professor for the Public Understanding of Risk, University of Cambridge “The teaching and learning of probability is challenging in several ways - coordinating its three theoretical perspectives (classical, frequentist, and subjective); managing its relationship to statistics; and reconciling the counter-intuitive nature of much probabilistic reasoning. This volume presents a compreh ...
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Probabilistic Thinking; Series Preface; The Most Common Misconception About Probability?; Introduction to Probabilistic Thinking: Presenting Plural Perspectives; References; Contents; Perspective I: Mathematics and Philosophy; Preface to Perspective I: Mathematics and Philosophy; References; A Historical and Philosophical Perspective on Probability; 1 Introduction and Sources; 2 From Divination to Combinatorial Multiplicity; 2.1 Early Origins in Divination and Religion; 2.2 Emergence of the Rule of Favourable to Possible: Combinatorial Multiplicity; De Méré's Problem; Division of Stakes
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 3 Huygens, Bernoulli, and Bayes: The Art of Conjecturing3.1 Expectation and Probability; 3.2 Obstacles and Further Developments; Bayes' Formula and Inverse Probabilities; 4 Foundations and New Applications; 4.1 Classical Probability; 4.2 Continuous Distributions; 4.3 Axioms of Probability; 5 Modern Philosophical Views on Probability; Classical a Priori Theory (APT); Frequentist Theory (FQT); Subjectivist Theory (SJT); Commentary; 6 Concluding Comments; References; From Puzzles and Paradoxes to Concepts in Probability; 1 How Paradoxes Highlight Conceptual Conflicts; 2 Equal Likelihood
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 2.1 Early Notions of ProbabilityP1: Problem of the Grand Duke of Tuscany; What is the Paradox?; Further Ideas; P2: De Méré's Problem; What is the Paradox?; Further Ideas; P3: Division of Stakes; What is the Paradox?; Further Ideas; 2.2 Conceptual Developments in Probability; P4: D'Alembert's Problem; What is the Paradox?; Further Ideas; 3 Expectation; 3.1 Expectation and Probability; P5: St Petersburg Paradox; What is the Paradox?; Further Ideas; 3.2 Independence and Expectation; P6: Dependent Spinners; What is the Paradox?; Further Ideas; P7: Dependent Coins; What is the Paradox?
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Further Ideas4 Relative Frequencies; P8: Library Problem; What is the Paradox?; P9: Bertrand's Chord; What is the Paradox?; Further Ideas; 5 Personal Probabilities; 5.1 Inverse Probabilities; P10: Bertrand's Paradox; What is the Paradox?; Further Ideas; P11: Father Smith and Son; What is the Paradox?; Further Ideas; 5.2 Conflicts with Logic; P12: Intransitive Spinners; What is the Paradox?; P13: Blyth's Intransitive Spinners; P14: Reinhardt's Single Spinner; P15: Simpson's Paradox of Proportions; What is the Paradox?; Further Ideas; 6 Central Ideas of Probability Theory
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 6.1 Independence and Random Samples6.2 Central Theorems; Bernoulli's Law of Large Numbers; Laplace's Central Limit Theorem; Central Limit Theorem of Poisson; 6.3 Standard Situations; Laplacean Experiments; Bernoulli Experiments; Poisson Process; Elementary Errors; Stochastic Processes; 6.4 Kolmogorov's Axiomatic Foundation of Probability; The Axioms; Distribution Functions; Probability Measures on Infinite-Dimensional Spaces; Lebesgue Integral; 7 Conclusions; References; Three Approaches for Modelling Situations with Randomness; 1 Introduction
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 2 Three Different Approaches to Probability (Content Knowledge)
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: SERIES PREFACE: Gabriele Kaiser and Bharath SriramanACKNOWLEDGEMENTS -- FOREWORD: Keith Devlin -- INTRODUCTION: Egan Chernoff and Bharath Sriraman -- PERSPECTIVE I: MATHEMATICS AND PHILOSOPHY -- Preface to Perspective I: Mathematics and Philosophy: Egan Chernoff and Gale Russell -- I.I. A historical and philosophical perspective on probability: Manfred Borovcnik and Ramesh Kapadia -- I.II. From puzzles and paradoxes to concepts in probability: Manfred Borovcnik and Ramesh Kapadia -- I.III. Three approaches for modeling situation with randomness: Andreas Eichler and Markus Vogel -- I.IV. A modeling perspective on probability: Maxine Pfannkuch and Ilze Ziedins -- Commentary on Perspective I: Mathematics and Philosophy: Bharath Sriraman and Kyeong-Hwa Lee -- PERSPECTIVE II: PSYCHOLOGY -- Preface to Perspective II: Psychology : Wim van Dooren -- II.I. Statistical thinking: no child left behind: Björn Meder and Gerd Gigerenzer -- II.II. The A-B-C of probabilistic literacy: Laura Martignon -- II.III. Intuitive conceptions of probability and the development of basic math skills: Gary Brase, Sherri Martinie and Carlos Castillo-Garsow -- II.IV. Testing a model on probabilistic reasoning: Francesca Chiesi and Caterina Primi -- II.V. Revisiting the medical diagnosis problem: reconciling intuitive and analytical thinking: Lisser Rye Ejersbo and Uri Leron -- II.VI. Rethinking probability education: perceptual judgment as epistemic resource: Dor Abrahamson -- II.VII. Sticking to your guns: a flawed heuristic for probabilistic decision-making: Deborah Bennett -- II.VIII. Developing probabilistic thinking: what about peoples’ conceptions: Annie Savard -- Commentary I on Perspective II: Psychology : Brian Greer -- Commentary II on Perspective II: Psychology: Richard Lesh and Bharath Sriraman -- PERSPECTIVE III: STOCHASTICS -- Preface to Perspective III: Stochastics: Bharath Sriraman and Egan Chernoff -- III.I. Prospective primary school teachers’ perception of randomness: Carmen Batanero, Pedro Arteaga, Luis Serrano and Blanca Ruiz -- III.II. Challenges of developing coherent probabilistic reasoning: rethinking randomness and probability from a stochastic perspective: Luis Saldanha and Yan Liu -- III.III. “It is very, very random because it doesn’t happen very often”: examining learners’ discourse on randomness: Simin Jolafee, Rina Zazkis and Nathalie Sinclair -- III.IV. Developing a modelling approach to probability using computer-based simulations: Theodosia Prodromou -- III.V. Promoting statistical literacy through data modelling in the early school years: Lyn D. English -- III.VI. Learning Bayesian statistics in adulthood: Wolff-Michael Roth -- Commentary on Perspective III: Stochastics: Mike Shaughnessy -- PERSPECTIVE IV: MATHEMATICS EDUCATION -- Preface to Perspective IV: Mathematics Education: Bharath Sriraman and Egan Chernoff -- IV.I. A practitional perspective on probabilistic thinking models and frameworks: Edward S. Mooney, Cynthia Langrall and Joshua T. Hertel -- IV.II. Experimentation in probability teaching and learning: Per Nilsson -- IV.III. Investigating the dynamics of stochastic learning processes: Susanne Prediger and Susanne Schnell -- IV.IV. Counting as a foundation for learning to reason about probability: Carolyn A. Maher and Anoop Ahluwalia -- IV.V. Levels of probabilistic reasoning of high school students about binomial problems: Ernesto Sánchez and Pedro Rubén Landín -- IV.VI. Children’s construction of sample space with respect to the law of large numbers: Efi Paparistodemou -- IV.VII. Researching conditional probability problem solving: Pedro Huerta -- IV.VIII. Real life experiences as hindrance in probabilistic situations: Ami Mamolo and Rina Zazkis -- IV.IX. Influence of culture on high school students’ probabilistic thinking: Sashi Sharma -- IV.X. Primary school students’ attitudes to and beliefs about probability: Steven Nisbet and Anne Williams -- Commentary on Perspective IV: Mathematics Education: Jane Watson -- COMMENTARY on Probabilistic Thinking: Presenting Plural Perspectives: Egan Chernoff and Bharath Sriraman -- AUTHOR INDEX -- SUBJECT INDEX.
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 90
    ISBN: 9789400772786
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (VIII, 302 p. 11 illus., 4 illus. in color, online resource)
    Serie: The Changing Academy – The Changing Academic Profession in International Comparative Perspective 10
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Druckausg. The internationalization of the academy
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Education, Higher ; Education ; Education ; Education, Higher ; Hochschule ; Internationalisierung
    Kurzfassung: This volume provides a nuanced empirical assessment of the extent to which the academic profession is internationalized at the beginning of the 21st century. It indicates which are the most internationalized academic activities, and focuses on specific topics such as physical mobility for study or professional purposes, teaching abroad or in another language, research collaboration with foreign colleagues, and publication and dissemination outside one’s native country or in another language. It places the main theme in the wider context of the history of higher education’s internationalization. It provides explanations on what drives and deters academics from international activity, and documents some of the consequences that internationalization has on academic work and productivity. This study is based on a survey of 25,000 academics working at higher education institutions in 18 countries and Hong Kong on five continents. Comparing data from the 1992 Carnegie International study to the 2007 CAP survey, relying on respondents’ perceptions of change, and comparing different academic generations, it offers valuable insights on changes in the internationalization of the academy
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Acknowledgements1. The Internationalization of the Academic Profession -- 2. Concepts and Methods -- 3. A Profile of CAP Participating Countries and a Global Overview of Academic Internationalization in 2007-2008 -- 4. Internationalization of the Academy: Rhetoric, Recent Trends and Prospects -- 5. The International Mobility of Academic Staff -- 6. The International Dimension of Teaching and Learning -- 7. The Internationalization of Research -- 8. Regionalization of Higher Education and the Academic Profession in Asia, Europe and North America -- 9. Gender and Faculty Internationalization -- 10. Internationalization and the New Generation of Academics -- 11. Patterns of Faculty Internationalization: A Predictive Model -- 12. The Internationalization of the Academy: Findings, Open Questions and Implications -- Appendix -- Notes on Contributors.
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 91
    ISBN: 9783319016672
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (VIII, 79 p. 11 illus, online resource)
    Serie: SpringerBriefs in Education
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Druckausg. Grand Challenges in Technology Enhanced Learning
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Computer science ; Education ; Education ; Computer science ; Computer science ; Education ; Konferenzschrift 2013 ; E-Learning ; E-Learning
    Kurzfassung: This book presents a key piece of the vision and strategy developed in STELLAR. It sets out a new mid-term agenda by defining Grand Challenges for research and development in technology-enhanced learning. Other than mere technology prizes, STELLAR Grand Challenges deal with problems at the interface of social and technical sciences. They pose problems that can be solved only in interdisciplinary collaboration. The descriptions of the Grand Challenge Problems were sent out to a number of stakeholders from industry, academia, and policy-making who responded with insightful, creative and critical comments bringing in their specific perspectives. This book will inspire everyone interested in TEL and its neighboring disciplines in their future projects. All of the listed problems, first hints with respect to the approach, measurable success indicators and funding sources are outlined. The challenges focus on what noted experts regard as important upcoming, pending, and innovative fields of research, the solution of which is within reach in a timeframe of a mere 2 to 15 years of work
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Grand Challenge Problems from the Alpine Rendez-Vous - an Introduction1.1 The Concept of Grand Challenge Problems -- 1.2 Development of the Grand Challenge Problems at the Alpine Rendez-Vous -- 2 -- 2.1.1 GCP1: Open Collaboration in Formal Education -- 2.1.2 GCP2: Technology-Supported Representation-Fitness -- 2.1.3 GCP3: Rich-Media Assignments -- 2.1.4 GCP4: Supporting an Open Culture of Design for TEL -- 2.1.5 GCP5: Multi-Level Evaluations of TEL -- Guest Commentaries on Connecting Learners -- 2.1.6 Guest Commentary by Roy Peas -- 2.1.7 Guest Commentary by Michelle Selinger.- 2.2 Grand Challenge Problems Focusing on Orchestrating Learning -- 2.2.1 GCP6: Emotion-Adaptive TEL -- 2.2.2 GCP7: Assessment and Automated Feedback -- 2.2.3 GCP8: One Informed Tutor per Child -- 2.2.4 GCP9: Improving Educational Practices through Data-supported Information Systems -- 2.2.5 GCP10: Semiotic Recommender Systems for Learning -- 2.2.6 GCP11: Enhancing Learning with Improved Information Retrieval.- 2.2.7 GCP12: Open TEL Practices -- Guest Commentaries on Orchestrating Learning -- 2.2.8 Guest Commentary -- 2.2.9 Guest Commentary by Florian Schulz-Pernice -- 2.2.10 Guest Commentary by Jim Slotta -- 2.3 Grand Challenge Problems Focusing on Contextualising Learning -- 2.3.1 GCP13: Learning Reading at Home (Authors: Andrew Manches, Ros Sutherland and Sarah Eagle) -- 2.3.2 GCP14: Technology for Young Children’s Expression of Scientific Ideas (Authors: Andrew Manches & Ros Sutherland) -- 2.3.3 GCP15: Evaluating Informal TEL (Author: Denise M. Whitelock) -- 2.3.4 GCP16: Engaging the Brains Reward System.- 2.3.5 GCP17: Drop-Out Prevention through Attrition Analytics -- 2.3.6 GCP18: New Forms of Assessment for Social TEL Environments -- 2.3.7 GCP19: Guidance for Technology Use in Early Years -- 2.3.8 GCP20: TEL Plasticity -- 2.3.9 GCP21: European TEL DataMart -- Guest Commentaries on Contextualising Learning -- 2.3.10 Guest Commentary by Charles Crook -- 2.3.11 Guest Commentary by Allison Littlejohn -- 2.3.12 Guest Commentary by Yves Punie -- 2.3.13 Guest Commentary by Karen Velasco -- GCP22: Open Research Methodology Infrastructure for CSCL.- General Conclusions -- References.
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 92
    ISBN: 9783319050171
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (IX, 379 p. 35 illus., 16 illus. in color, online resource)
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Druckausg. Teaching and learning of energy in K-12 education
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Science Study and teaching ; Education ; Education ; Science Study and teaching ; Force and energy Study and teaching ; Power (Mechanics) Study and teaching ; Power resources Study and teaching ; Science Study and teaching (Elementary) ; Konferenzschrift 2013 ; Energie ; Unterricht
    Kurzfassung: This volume presents current thoughts, research, and findings that were presented at a summit focusing on energy as a cross-cutting concept in education, involving scientists, science education researchers and science educators from across the world. The chapters cover four key questions: what should students know about energy, what can we learn from research on teaching and learning about energy, what are the challenges we are currently facing in teaching students this knowledge, and what needs be done to meet these challenges in the future? Energy is one of the most important ideas in all of science and it is useful for predicting and explaining phenomena within every scientific discipline. The challenge for teachers is to respond to recent policies requiring them to teach not only about energy as a disciplinary idea but also about energy as an analytical framework that cuts across disciplines. Teaching energy as a crosscutting concept can equip a new generation of scientists and engineers to think about the latest cross-disciplinary problems, and it requires a new approach to the idea of energy. This book examines the latest challenges of K-12 teaching about energy, including how a comprehensive understanding of energy can be developed. The authors present innovative strategies for learning and teaching about energy, revealing overlapping and diverging views from scientists and science educators. The reader will discover investigations into the learning progression of energy, how understanding of energy can be examined, and proposals for future directions for work in this arena. Science teachers and educators, science education researchers and scientists themselves will all find the discussions and research presented in this book engaging and informative.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Acknowledgements; Contents; Chapter 1: Introduction: Why Focus on Energy Instruction?; 1.1 Realizing the Need for a Summit; 1.2 Structure of the Summit; 1.2.1 Goals and Participants; 1.2.2 Surfacing and Discussing Ideas; 1.2.3 Teacher Voices and a Second Summit for Teachers; 1.3 Organization of This Book; References; Part I What Should Students Know About Energy?; Chapter 2: A Physicist's Musings on Teaching About Energy; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 The Particle Physicist's View of Energy; 2.3 Descriptions of Various Types of Energy; 2.3.1 Thermal Energy; 2.3.2 Chemical Energy
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 2.3.3 Mechanical and Electrical Energy2.3.4 Conservation of Mass?; 2.3.5 Energy Flows (Convection, Conduction and Radiation); 2.3.6 Nuclear Energy; 2.4 Key Energy Concepts for K-12 Science Education; 2.4.1 Only Changes in Energy Matter (Who Cares How Much You Have if Most of It Is Not Negotiable); 2.4.2 Any Change in Energy Is Balanced by Some Other Change in Energy (You Can't Make or Destroy Energy, Only Move It Around); 2.4.3 Energy Availability Governs What Can Happen (You Can't Do Anything Without Energy); 2.4.4 Energy Tends to Spread Itself Around as Much as Possible
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 2.5 When and How Can Students Learn About Energy?References; Chapter 3: A Space Physicist's Perspective on Energy Transformations and Some Implications for Teaching About Energy Conservation at All Levels; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Magnetic Reconnection: Energy in Fields; 3.3 The Energy Transport Equation in Magnetohydrodyamics: Energy Conservation and Transfer; 3.4 Conclusions; References; Chapter 4: Conservation of Energy: An Analytical Tool for Student Accounts of Carbon-Transforming Processes; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 A Key Goal: Using Energy Conservation as an Analytical Tool
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 4.3 Challenges and Instructional Supports4.3.1 Understanding the Purpose of the Concept of Energy; 4.3.1.1 Developing a Sense of Necessity About Energy Conservation; 4.3.1.2 Quasi-quantitative Representations of Energy; 4.3.2 Identifying Forms of Energy in Living Systems; 4.3.3 Tracing Energy Separately from Matter; 4.4 Conclusion; References; Part II What Does the Research Say About the Teaching and Learning About Energy?; Chapter 5: Teaching and Learning the Physics Energy Concept; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Energy - A Core Physics Concept; 5.2.1 On the Energy Concept in Physics
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 5.2.2 Four Basic Ideas of the Energy Concept5.2.3 On the Nature of the Four Basic Ideas; 5.2.4 On the Relation of the Four Basic Ideas to Standards and Instruction; 5.3 Conceptualizations of Energy; 5.3.1 Energy Is an Abstract Accounting Quantity; 5.3.2 Energy Is the Ability to Do Work; 5.3.3 Energy Is the Ability to Cause Changes; 5.3.4 Energy Is the Ability to Produce Heat; 5.3.5 Energy Is a General Kind of Fuel; 5.3.6 The Conceptualist and the Materialist Distinction; 5.3.7 Energy Is a Substance-Like Quantity; 5.3.8 Energy Forms; 5.4 Findings of Studies on Teaching and Learning Energy
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 5.4.1 On the State of Research in the Early 1990s
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 93
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Cham : Springer International Publishing
    ISBN: 9783319056630
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XIII, 192 p, online resource)
    Serie: Self-Study of Teaching and Teacher Education Practices 13
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Druckausg. Self-study of teaching and teacher education practices ; 13: Self-study in physical education teacher education
    Schlagwort(e): Education ; Education ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Selbststudium ; Sportunterricht
    Kurzfassung: In this in-depth examination of self-study as a research methodology, an international selection of physical education scholars share their ideas and experiences and consider the value of self-study as a vector for highlighting the emerging conflicts, dilemmas, and debates currently developing in teaching and teacher education pedagogies. A vital new addition to Springer’s series Self-Study of Teacher Education Practices, the volume is divided into three sections assessing the significance of the approach itself, offering detailed subject-relevant case studies, and exploring the nuances and controversies attending the evolution of the methodology. The contributors show how self-study enables reflexivity in pedagogical practice, a notable lacuna in current critical research, and at the same time they make the technique accessible to scholars of physical education wanting a practicable introduction to the subject. The analysis also explores the implications of applying self-study to pedagogy itself, to the curriculum, and to human movement and educational practice more generally. By embracing more organic, emergent notions of research practice and learning, the book achieves a broader and more inclusive survey of pedagogical work in physical education teacher education that fully acknowledges the complexities of the field
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: SECTION 1: CONSIDERING SELF-STUDY IN, THROUGH, AND FOR PHYSICAL EDUCATION1 Doing self-study: The art of turning inquiry on yourself, Alan Ovens and Tim Fletcher -- 2 Bringing the physical into self-study research, Rachel Forgasz -- 3 Self-study as professional development: Some reflections from experience, Karl Attard -- SECTION 2: EXPLORING THE INTERPLAY OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION PRACTICE AND SCHOLARSHIP -- 4 Becoming a teacher educator: Legitimate participation and the reflexivity of being situated, Ann MacPhail -- 5 Learning to ride a horse as a visceral route to reflecting on my teacher education practices, Dawn Garbett -- 6 Through the looking glass: Distortions of self and context in teacher education, Ashley Casey -- 7 Disturbing practice in teacher education through peer teaching, Alan Ovens -- 8 (De)Reconstructing myself: A journey of critical scholarship in physical education teacher education, Erin Cameron -- 9 Scaling up SSTEP in PETE: Possibilities and precautions, Michael W. Metzler -- 10 On shaky ground: Exploring shifting conceptualizations of knowledge and learning through self-study, Judy Bruce -- 11 The calm before the storm: An auto ethnographic self-study of a physical education teacher educator, Trent D. Brown -- SECTION 3: REFLECTING ON THE POSSIBILITIES OF SELF-STUDY IN PHYSICAL EDUCATION -- 12 Reading self-study in/for physical education: Revisiting the zeitgeist of reflection, Richard Tinning -- 13 Where we go from here: Developing pedagogies for PETE and the use of self-study in physical education and teacher education, Mary O’Sullivan -- 14 Reflecting on the possibilities of self-study for physical education, Tim Fletcher and Alan Ovens.
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 94
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Cham : Springer International Publishing
    ISBN: 9783319061276
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (X, 265 p. 10 illus, online resource)
    Serie: English Language Education 1
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Druckausg. The pedagogy of English as an international language
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Language and languages ; Education ; Education ; Language and languages ; Education ; Language and languages ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Englischunterricht ; Weltsprache
    Kurzfassung: This volume offers insights in current theoretical discussions, observations, and reflections from internationally and regionally celebrated scholars on the theory and practice of teaching English informed by a new school of thought, English as an International Language (EIL). This volume provides readers (scholars, teachers, teacher-educators, researchers in the relevant fields) with: Knowledge of the changing paradigm and attitudes towards English language teaching from teaching a single variety of English to teaching intercultural communication and English language variation. Current thoughts on the theory of teaching English as an international language by internationally-celebrated established scholars and emergent scholars. Scholarly descriptions and discussions of how English language educators and teacher-educators translate the paradigm of English as an International Language into their existing teaching. Delineation of how this newly emerged paradigm is received or responded to by English language educators and students when it is implemented. Readers have a unique opportunity to observe and read the tensions and dilemmas that educators and students are likely to experience in teaching and learning EIL
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: ForewordChapter One: The Pedagogy of English as an International Language (EIL): More Reflections and Dialogues -- SECTION ONE: Consider Change -- Chapter Two: Teaching English in Asia in non-Anglo cultural contexts: principles of the ‘Lingua Franca Approach’ -- Chapter Three: Teaching English as an International Language in Multicultural Contexts: Focus on Australia -- Chapter Four: Teaching and Learning of EIL in Korean Culture and Context -- SECTION TWO: Dimensions of Change -- Chapter Five: English as an International Language and Three Challenging Issues in English Language Teaching in Japan -- Chapter Six: Teaching the target culture in English teacher education programs: Issues of EIL in Vietnam -- Chapter Seven: Implementing EIL paradigm in ELT classrooms: Voices of experienced and pre-service English language educators in Malaysia -- Chapter Eight: Teaching Teachers to teach English as an International Language: a Korean case -- Chapter Nine: The Relocation of Culture in the teaching of English as an International Language -- Chapter Ten: Teaching and assessing EIL vocabulary in Hong Kong -- SECTION THREE: Critical reflections on [Experience of] change -- Chapter Eleven: The Unequal Production of Knowledge in the Sociolinguistics of Englishes -- Chapter Twelve: The Cosmetics of Teaching English as an International Language in Japan: A Critical Reflection -- Chapter Thirteen: “So what do you want us to do?”: A critical reflection of teaching English as an International Language in an Australian context -- Chapter Fourteen: The realities of real English: Voices from those exposed -- Chapter Fifteen: The WEs/EIL paradigm and Japan’s NS propensity: Challenging the ‘friendly face’ of West-based TESOL -- Chapter Sixteen: On Teaching EIL in a Japanese Context: The power within and power without -- Epilogue: Modelling Language Variation.
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 95
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Cham : Springer International Publishing
    ISBN: 9783319063140
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XVI, 361 p. 17 illus., 11 illus. in color, online resource)
    Serie: Educational Media and Technology Yearbook 38
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Druckausg.
    Schlagwort(e): Library science ; Education ; Education ; Library science
    Kurzfassung: As digital devices play a more critical role in daily life than ever, more opportunities arise for innovative learning technologies-a trend on full display in the Educational Media and Technology Yearbook for 2013. This latest edition, volume 38, from the Association for Education, Communication, and Technology (AECT) notes the most current trends in the field of learning design and technology, taking into account the implications for both formal and informal learning. The majority of articles train their focus on graduate and professional goals, including an analysis of doctoral programs in educational technology and new collaborative learning platforms. Library science is a featured component of this analysis and Library Science programs are featured prominently in this analysis. Meadiagraphy and profiles of leaders in the field are also included
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: I. Trends and Issues in Learning, Design, and TechnologyIntroduction.- Issues and Trends in Instructional Technology: Maximizing Budgets and Minimizing Costs in Order to Provide Personalized Learning.- Expanding Repertoire of Teaching and Learning Practices in the Digital Culture.- Implementing Problem-Oriented Pedagogies In Engineering Education: Examination Of Tensions And Drivers.- Multimedia design and situational interest: A look at juxtaposition and measurement.- The Effects of Visual and Textual Annotations on Spanish Listening Comprehension, Incidental Vocabulary Acquisition and Cognitive Load -- II. Trends and Issues in Library and Information Science -- Introduction.- From Theory To Practice: An Examination of How School Librarians Implement Technology in Schools.- The Cultural Commons of Teen Literacy.- A Collaborative Approach To Digital Storytelling Projects.- III. Leadership Profiles -- Introduction.- Dr. Philip L. Doughty.- Tribute to David Jonassen, Curators’ Distinguished Professor of Education, University of Missouri -- IV. Organizations and Associations in North America -- Introduction.- Worldwide List of Graduate Programs in Learning, Design, Technology, Information or Libraries -- V. Graduate Programs -- Introduction.- Worldwide List of Graduate Programs in Learning, Design, Technology, Information or Libraries -- VI. Mediagraphy -- Introduction -- Mediagraphy -- Index.
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 96
    ISBN: 9789401789721
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XXVI, 722 p. 8 illus., 5 illus. in color, online resource)
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Druckausg.
    Schlagwort(e): Religion and education ; Education ; Education ; Religion and education
    Kurzfassung: The International Handbook on Learning, Teaching and Leading in Faith-Based Schools is international in scope. It is addressed to policy makers, academics, education professionals and members of the wider community. The book is divided into three sections. (1) The Educational, Historical, Social and Cultural Context, which aims to: Identify the educational, historical, social and cultural bases and contexts for the development of learning, teaching and leadership in faith-based schools across a range of international settings; Consider the current trends, issues and controversies facing the provision and nature of education in faith-based schools; Examine the challenges faced by faith-based schools and their role and responses to current debates concerning science and religion in society and its institutions. (2) The Nature, Aims and Values of Education in Faith-based Schools, which aims to: Identify and explore the distinctive philosophies, characteristics and guiding principles, values, concepts and concerns underpinning learning, teaching and leadership in faith-based schools; Identify and explore ways in which such distinctive philosophies of education challenge and expand different norms and conventions in their surrounding societies and cultures; Examine and explore some of the ways in which different conceptions within and among different religious and faith traditions guide practices in learning, teaching and leadership in various ways. (3) Current Practice and Future Possibilities, which aims to: Provide evidence of current educational practices that might help to inform and shape innovative and successful policies, initiatives and strategies for the development of quality learning, teaching and leadership in faith-based schools; Examine the ways in which the professional learning of teachers and educational leaders in faith-based settings might be articulated and developed; Consider the ways in which coherence and alignment might be achieved between key national priorities in education and the identity, beliefs, and the commitments of faith-based schools; Examine what international experience shows about the place of faith-based schools in culturally rich and diverse communities and the implications of faith-based schooling for societies of the future
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Foreword; Acknowledgements; Contents; Contributors; Contributor Biographies; Editors; Authors; Chapter 1: Introduction and Overview; Introduction; Aims of the Publication; Approach; Lines of Enquiry; Part I - The Educational, Historical, Social and Cultural Context of Faith-Based Schooling; Part II - Conceptions: Nature, Aims and Values of Education in Faith-Based Schools; Part III - Current Practices and Future Possibilities; Concluding Comment; References; Part I: Educational, Historical, Social and Cultural Context of Faith-Based Schooling
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Chapter 2: The Impact of Faith-Based Schools on Lives and on Society: Policy ImplicationsIntroduction; The Cardus Study; Development of Catholic Schooling in the United States; Development of Separate Protestant Schooling in the United States; The Challenge of Islamic Schools; Policy Implications; References; Chapter 3: Values and Values Education: Challenges for Faith Schools; Introduction; Faith Schools, Values and Parental Choice; The Concept of Values; Values in Faith Schools; The Debate About Values Education; The Challenge of Values Education in Faith Schools; Conclusion
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: ReferencesChapter 4: Church of England Schools: Into the Third Century; Introduction; Joshua Watson: The Founding Intentions of the National Society; Free Church Schools; The Beginning of State Education 1870: Board Schools and Voluntary Schools; 1944: Establishing the Dual System; The Dearing Report; The Church School of the Future Review; Into the Future; Chapter 5: Jewish Schools and Britain: Emerging from the Past, Investing in the Future; Introduction; Historical Context; The Picture Today; Jewish Schooling and the State; Current Issues and Challenges; Pluralism; Curriculum
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Capacity Government Agenda; Curriculum; Admissions Policies; Inspection; Shifting Purposes; Conclusion; References; Chapter 6: Faith Related Schools in the United States: The Current Reality; Introduction; Historical Perspectives; Overview; Students; Public School Students; Faith Related School Students; The Catholic School Example; Diversity in Faith Related Schools; Staffing; Principals; Presidents and Other Leadership; Teachers; Sustainability; Expenditures; The Budget Gap and Innovative Funding; Curriculum and Effectiveness; Curriculum and Standards
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Teacher Training and Qualifications Academic Outcomes; Non-Academic Outcomes; Facing the Future; Appendix I; References; Chapter 7: Faith-Schools and the Religious Other: The Case of Muslim Schools; Introduction; Muslim Faith Schools; The Research Project; Muslims and Religious Diversity; Findings and Discussion; Teachers' Conception of Religious Diversity; Classroom Engagement; Co-curricular Activities; Educational Materials; Conclusions, Future Research and Policy Implications; References
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Chapter 8: Identity, Belief and Cultural Sustainability: A Case- Study of the Experiences of Jewish and Muslim Schools in the UK
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Introduction and OverviewLearning, Teaching and Leading in Faith-Based Schools: Michael Reiss, Yusef Waghid, Sue McNamara and Judith Chapman -- Part 1 - The Educational, Historical, Social and Cultural Context of Faith-based Schooling: Section editor: Michael Reiss -- 1 The impact of faith-based schools on lives and on society: Policy implications: Charles Glenn -- 2 Values and values education: Challenges for faith schools: J. Mark Halstead -- 3 Church of England schools: Into the third century: Janina Ainsworth -- 4 Jewish schools and Britain: Emerging from the past, investing in the future: Helena Miller -- 5 Faith related schools in the United States: The current reality: Joseph O’Keefe and Michael O’Connor -- 6 Faith schools and religious diversity: The case of Muslim Schools: Farid Panjwani -- 7 Belief and cultural sustainability: The experiences of Jewish and Muslim schools in the UK: Marie Parker-Jenkins -- 8 Faith-based schools and the creationism controversy: The importance of the meta-narrative: Sylvia Baker -- 9 On the idea of non-confessional faith-based education: Michael Hand -- 10 Faith schools in England- the humanist critique: Andrew Copson -- 11 Shepherding and strength: Teaching evolution in American Christian schools: Lee Meadows -- 12 Challenges faced by faith-based schools with special reference to the interplay between science and religion: Michael Poole -- 13 Sex education and science education in faith- based schools: Michael Reiss -- Part II - Conceptions: The Nature, Aims and Values of Education in Faith-based Schools: Section editor: Yusef Waghid -- 14 Faith-based education and the notion of autonomy, common humanity and authenticity: In defense of a pedagogy of disruption: Yusef Waghid -- 15 The hermeneutical competence: How to deal with faith issues in a pluralistic religious context: Gé Speelman -- 16 A faith-based ideological school system in Israel: Between particularism and modernity: Zehavit Gross -- 17 Religious values and/or human rights values? Curriculum making for an ethic of truths: Petro du Preez -- 18 Capturing green curriculum spaces in the maktab: Implications for environmental teaching and learning: Najma Mohamed -- 19 Towards a logic of dignity: Educating against gender-based violence: Juliana Claasens -- 20 Islamisation and Muslim independent schools in South Africa: Suleman Dangor -- 21 The nature, aims and values of Seventh-day Adventist Christian education: Philip Plaatjies -- 22 The Gülen philosophy of education and its application in a South African school: Yasien Mohamed -- 23 A teacher’s perspective on teaching and learning at a faith-based Muslim school in Cape Town: Omar Esau -- 24 Muslim women and cosmopolitanism: Reconciling the fragments of identity, participation and belonging: Nuraan Davids -- 25 Women, identity and religious education: a path to autonomy, or dependence? Nuraan Davids -- Part III - Current Practices and Future Possibilities: Section editors: Sue McNamara and Judith Chapman -- 26 The shaping of Ireland’s faith-based school system and the contemporary challenge to it: John Coolahan -- 27 Religious education in a time of globalization and pluralism: The example of the United States: Walter Feinberg -- 28 Classroom practice in a faith-based school: A tale of two levels: Paul Black -- 29 Faith- based schools in Japan: Paradoxes and pointers: Stuart Picken -- 30 Curriculum, leadership and religion in Singapore schools: How a secular government engineers social harmony and the ‘state interest’: Clive Dimmock, Hairon Salleh and Cheng Yong Tan -- 31 Critical fidelity and Catholic school leadership: John Sullivan -- 32 So who has the values? Challenges for faith-based schools in an era of values pedagogy: Terry Lovat and Neville Clement -- 33 Use of Islamic, Islamicised and National Curriculum in a Muslim faith school in England: Findings from an ethnographic study: Sadaf Rizvi -- 34 A mobile school- bringing education to migrant children in Goa, India: Marion de Souza -- 35 Religious Education in Japanese “Mission Schools”: A case study of Sacred Heart schools in Japan: Nozomi Miura -- 36 A systems approach to enhancing capacity of teachers and leaders in Catholic school communities to link learning, student wellbeing, values and social justice: Helen Butler, Bernadette Summers and Mary Tobin -- 37 Schools and families in partnership for learning in faith-based schools: Annie Mitchell, Judith Chapman, Sue McNamara and Marj Horne -- 38 Learning for leadership: An evidence based approach for leadership learning in faith- based schools: Michael Buchanan and Judith Chapman -- 39 Leading Australian Catholic schools: Lessons from the edge: Michael Gaffney -- 40 Faith-based non-government organizations and education in ‘post-new war societies’: Background, directions and challenges in leadership, teaching and learning: Tom O’Donoghue and Simon Clarke.
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 97
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Cham : Springer International Publishing
    ISBN: 9783319054254
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XV, 93 p. 45 illus., 16 illus. in color, online resource)
    Serie: SpringerBriefs in Education
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Druckausg. Balula, Ana, 1977 - Evaluation of online higher education
    Schlagwort(e): Education ; Education ; Hochschulbildung ; E-Learning
    Kurzfassung: The work presents a theoretical framework for the evaluation of e-Teaching that aims at positioning the online activities designed and developed by the teacher as to the Learning, Interaction and Technology Dimensions. The theoretical research that underlies the study was developed reflecting current thinking on the promotion of quality of teaching and of the integration of information and communication tools into the curriculum in Higher Education (HE), i.e., bearing in mind some European guidelines and policies on this subject. This way, an answer was sought to be given to one of the aims put forward in this study, namely to contribute towards the development of a conceptual framework to support research on evaluation of e-teaching in the context of HE. Based on the theoretical research carried out, an evaluation tool (SCAI) was designed, which integrates the two questionnaires developed to collect the teachers' and the students' perceptions regarding the development of e-activities. Consequently, an empirical study was structured and carried out, allowing SCAI tool to be tested and validated in real cases. From the comparison of the theoretical framework established and the analysis of the data obtained, we found that the differences in teaching should be valued and seen as assets by HE institutions rather than annihilated in a globalizing perspective
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: IntroductionE-teaching Evaluation in Higher Education -- SCAI: A Three-dimension Model for E-teaching Evaluation in Higher Education -- SCAI: Implementation -- Conclusion -- References.
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 98
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400772991
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XIV, 319 p. 5 illus., 4 illus. in color, online resource)
    Serie: Lifelong Learning Book Series 19
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Druckausg. Challenging the 'European area of lifelong learning'
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Adult education ; Education ; Education ; Adult education ; Adult education and state Europe ; Continuing education Europe
    Kurzfassung: This book critically reflects on the context in which lifelong learning policies and practices are organized in Europe with contributions of researchers and policy makers in the field. Through a critical lens the book reinterprets the core content of the messages that are conveyed by the European Commission in the “Memorandum for Lifelong Learning”, the most important policy document in the area, which after a decade from its publication still remains the vehicle for all current developments in lifelong learning in Europe. With references to research findings, proposed actions, and applications to immediate practice that have an added value for Europeans -but which either do not appear to correspond directly to what is stipulated by the European Commission, or are completely ignored as part of the lifelong learning process- the book offers an analytic and systematic outlook of the main challenges in creating the ‘European Area of Lifelong Learning’. In times as decisive as the ones we are going through today (both in social and economic terms), a critical perspective of the practices and policies adopted by the EU Member States is essential. The book follows the same structure as the Memorandum in order to debate and critically approach in separate sections the core issues that Europe faces today in relation to the idea of making a ‘European area of Lifelong Learning’
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Contributors1. Introduction; Maria Gravani and George K. Zarifis -- PART 1: Lifelong Learning and New Basic Skills for ll -- PART 2: Lifelong Learning and More Investment in Human Resources -- PART 3: Lifelong Learning, Innovative Teaching and Learning, and Rethinking Guidance and Counselling -- PART 4: Lifelong Learning and Valuing Learning -- PART 5: Lifelong Learning and Bringing Learning Closer to Home -- Index.
    Anmerkung: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 99
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400773929
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (X, 196 p. 1 illus, online resource)
    Serie: Multilingual Education 6
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Druckausg. Trent, John, 19XX - Language teacher education in a multilingual context
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Applied linguistics ; Language and languages ; Education ; Education ; Applied linguistics ; Language and languages ; Englischlehrer ; Lehrerbildung ; Mehrsprachigkeit
    Kurzfassung: This book provides a multifaceted, multilayered examination of the processes and challenges language teachers face in constructing their professional identities in multilingual contexts such as Hong Kong. It focuses on how professional and personal identities are enacted as individuals cross geographic, educational, and socio-cultural boundaries to become English language teachers in Hong Kong. It explores the construction of language teachers’ professional identities from multiple perspectives in multiple settings, including pre-service and in-service teachers from Hong Kong, Mainland China, and Western countries. Understanding the difficulties and challenges these language teachers face in their identity and professional development is of relevance to teachers and teacher educators, as well as those interested in becoming language teachers in multilingual contexts
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1. Introduction2. It is Not a Bad Idea for Me to Be a Language Teacher! -- 3. Cross-Border Pre-service Teachers in Hong Kong: Identity and Integration -- 4. Journeys towards teaching. Pre-service English language teachers’ understandings and experiences of teaching and teacher education in Hong Kong -- 5. Language Teachers and the Falling Language Standards in Hong Kong:  An Internet-based Inquiry -- 6. A Comparative Study on Commitment to Teaching -- 7. The construction and reconstruction of teacher identities: The case of second career English language teachers in Hong Kong -- 8. Learning, teaching, and constructing identities abroad: ESL pre-service teacher experiences during a short-term international experience programme -- 9. Identity construction in a foreign land: Native-speaking English teachers and the contestation of teacher identities in Hong Kong schools -- 10. Political Conspiracy or Decoy Marketing?: Experienced Chinese teachers’ perceptions of using Putonghua as a Medium of Instruction in Hong Kong -- 11. An Ethico-political Analysis of Teacher Identity Construction.-Conclusion: Crossing boundaries and becoming English language teachers in multilingual contexts.  .
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 100
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400778535
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (VIII, 193 p. 21 illus, online resource)
    Serie: Educating the Young Child, Advances in Theory and Research, Implications for Practice 9
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Druckausg. World class initiatives and practices in early education
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Early childhood education ; Education ; Education ; Early childhood education ; Education Philosophy
    Kurzfassung: This book offers current international initiatives, developed for working with children from “Birth to Eight” by a diverse group of noted professional authors. Their readings present an overview of early education as it evolved from the Froebelian kindergarten to today’s practices in various Early Education settings around the globe. The international voices of the authors represent a balanced perspective of happenings in various nations and lend a conversational approach to each chapter. The chapters analyze the Universal Preschool Education movement promoted by various countries, states, and agencies; examine model curriculum programs in a variety of teaching/learning settings; and identify directions the community can take in promoting effective early education programs. Particular attention is given to key issues and concerns faced by practitioners and families world-wide. Studies reveal successful approaches to bilingual education in a Chilean kindergarten, research findings on gender differences in primary school girls for learning science in Wales, literacy development strategies for teaching in UK multicultural classrooms and childhood centres, the process of integration special education with early childhood practices in China, and exemplars of community outreach to improve the well being of children through advocacy for governmental changes in early education policies and professional development. This book is for everyone interested in the well being of young children moving forward in a global age to meet the challenges of early citizenship in their world
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Part I: Antecedents and Present Developments in Universal Preschool Education1. The Evolution of Universal Preschool Education in a Global Age; Louise Boyle Swiniarski -- 2. Climbing the Mountain: The Journey to Quality Pre-Kindergarten in Tennessee; Rebecca Isbell -- 3. Florida’s Voluntary Universal Prekindergarten: A Citizen’s Initiative Taking Baby Steps; Lynn Hartle and Alisa S. Ghazvini -- Part II: Curriculum Initiatives for Early Childhood Programs in a Global Age -- 4. Opening Doors in Northern Chile: The International School of Arica; Michelle Pierce -- 5. Girls in the Primary Science Classrooms of Wales: Theorizing Beyond Dominant Discourses of Gender; Cletus Cervoni -- 6. Let’s Get Talking: Promoting Communication, Language and Literacy for Young Children in Multicultural England; Avril Brock -- 7. China’s Educational Reform and its Impact on Early Childhood Curriculum; Yaoying Xu and Bing Liu -- Part III:  Beyond the Walls of the School and Center -- 8. Rhyme Times Treasure Baskets and Books: How Early Years Libraries Can Help to Deliver the Best Start; Carolynn Rankin -- 9. The Politics of Play in England: An Appeal to Parliament; Pat Broadhead -- 10. Cross-sector Partnerships for Early Education and Care; Mary-Lou Breitborde -- 11. The Science Art and Writing (SAW) Initiative; Jenni Rant -- Afterword.
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
Schließen ⊗
Diese Webseite nutzt Cookies und das Analyse-Tool Matomo. Weitere Informationen finden Sie hier...